05/03/1990 - Advisory Parks & Recreation CommissionMEMORANDUM
TO: ADVISORY PARK AND RECREATION COMMISSION
FROM: KEN VRAA, DIRECTOR OF PARKS AND RECREATION
DATE: APRIL 30, 1990
RE: MAY 3 COMMISSION MEETING
A reminder to all Commission members that our tour of parks begins with the May 3
Commission Meeting. We will leave City Hall promptly at 6:30 p.m. to look at Country
Home, Lexington and the new Coventry Pass Park. We will return to City Hall at 7:30
p.m. for the regular meeting.
Commission Member Sandi Wensmann has resigned from the Advisory Commission
because of a move to Burnsville. The City Council has accepted her resignation and has
indicated it will fill the commission vacancy from a list of available candidates who are
interested in the position.
After the Call to Order and Pledge of Allegiance, the first item for the Advisory
Commission is an award presentation to First Bank Eagan. As Commission members may
know, First Bank Eagan, in particular its president Eric Iverson, is a supporter and booster
for Eagan Arbor Day and Eagan Arbor Month. We will be thanking the First Bank
Eagan Office for their contributions to the program and for their interest.
Consent Agenda
There is one item under Consent Agenda and one development proposal. Staff has
prepared memorandums on each of these particular items.
Old Business
The first item under Old Business is a Survey of Fees and Charges for the use of the
Department's athletic facilities. At the direction of the Commission from April, Staff has
prepared a general philosophy statement and a list of fees and charges. In addition to this
memorandum, Staff would like to offer background to the Advisory Commission on some
of the philosophies to help explain the rationale.
Re: May 3 Commission Meeting
April 30, 1990
Page 2
The second item under Old Business is the Tree Ordinance. Staff has prepared a
memorandum for your review. Developers Task Force has been reviewing the newer
section of the Ordinance. No revisions have been made. Consultant John Voss is being
asked to attend this meeting to review the newer portion of the Tree Ordinance with the
Advisory Commission. This is in the absence of Jim Sturm from the Planning Department
who will not be available that evening. The Advisory Commission previously reviewed
that section of the Ordinance which deals with rewriting the tree diseases, grass and weed
control, etc. The Commission need not make a recommendation on the Ordinance at this
time. We intend to review this with the Advisory Commission and for that purpose, we
wish to identify any issues that we are uneasy with so they may be discussed and reviewed
further.
The third item under Old Business is Outdoor Pools. Staff has prepared a memorandum
with extensive articles for your reading.
Deferred until June is the issue regarding the permanent new position on the Advisory
Commission. Staff has found itself busy with departmental affairs and has not had an
opportunity to address this particular issue. The final item under Old Business refers to
Autumn Ridge/Lakeside Park update. This particular development was brought up before
the Advisory Commission some time ago. There have been changes proposed to the
storm sewer and sanitary that affects Lakeside Park. Staff will be reviewing this with the
Advisory Commission as a verbal presentation.
New Business
The first item is the committee organization for facility study. As the Commission may
know, the City Council at its April 17 Council Meeting directed that a committee be
organized to review desirability and suitability for an ice arena/Y facility with various
alternatives and options revolving around this. Staff hopes to update the Advisory
Commission further on this particular item.
Item two pertains to U. S. West Cellular Phones and a lease of the Lexington/Diffley site.
A separate memorandum has been prepared.
Parks Development
The Parks Planner/Landscape Architect Steve Sullivan will update the Advisory
Commission on various park development activities, in particular the award for 90-2 park
shelter building construction.
a.
Re: May 3 Commissioner Meeting
April 30, 1990
Page 3
There are several items under Other Business and Reports on which the Staff will advise.
Again, the Department Happenings are available in the Packet for your review. As
always, members of the Advisory Commission who are unable to meet either the 6:30 tour
or 7:30 Commission Meeting, please advise the office.
RWs fitted,
n Vraa
Ke
Director of Parks and Recreation
/nh
attachments
3
AGENDA
ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
EAGAN,MINNESOTA
Thursday, May 3, 1990
6:30 P.M.
Eagan Municipal Center
A. 6:30 P.M. Tour Coventry Pass Park, Lexington Park and Country Home Park
B. 7:30 P.M. Regular Meeting - Eagan Municipal Center
C. Call to Order and Pledge of Allegiance
D. Appreciation Presentation to First Bank Eagan
E. Approval of Agenda
F. Approval of Minutes of Regular Meeting of April 3, 1990
G. Consent Agenda
(1) Southern Lakes Addition - Southern Lakes Partnership
H. Development Proposals
(1) Sherwood Downs Addition - Argus Development, Inc.
1. Old Business
(1) Survey: Fees and Charges, Athletic Facilities
(2) Tree Ordinance
(3) Outdoor Pool
(4) Permanent Youth Position on Commission (Deferred to June)
(5) Autumn Ridge/Lakeside Park Update
J. New Business
(1) Committee Organization - Facility Study
(2) US West Cellular - Lease
K. Parks Development
L. Other Business and Reports
(1) Park Registration
(2) Department Happenings
(3) Dakota County Trails Update
(4) Water Quality Update
3
Subject to approval
MINUTES OF A REGULAR MEETING OF
THE ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
EAGAN, MINNESOTA
APRIL 3, 1990
A regular meeting of the Advisory Parks and Recreation Commission was called
to order at 7:00 P.M. on Thursday, April 3, 1990 with the following Commission Members
present: Jack Johnson, Ted Billy, Sandi Wensmann, George Kubik, Michele Swanson,
Shawn Hunter, John Griggs and Dick Carroll. Staff present included Ken Vraa, Director
of Parks and Recreation; Dorothy Peterson, Recreation Supervisor II; John VonDeLinde,
Parks Superintendent; Steve Sullivan, Landscape Architect/Parks Planner; Paula Nowariak,
Recreation Supervisor; Jon Oyanagi, Recreation Supervisor; Jennifer Peterson, Intern;
Cherryl Mesko, Secretary.
AGENDA
Shawn Hunter asked to have Trapp Farm Park added to the agenda and John
Griggs asked to have Beacon Hill/Brittany Addition added to the agenda. Shawn Hunter
moved, Michele Swanson seconded with all members voting in favor to accept the agenda
as amended.
MINUTES FROM MARCH 8, 1990
Page 2, Paragraph 3, Sentence 4 should read, "It was noted that Carlson Lake does
not meet the requirements outlined for a neighborhood park. Carlson Lake, Oak Chase
and Well Site parks all serve this park service area."
Page 7, Paragraph 2 should read, "Mr. Kubik invited the public to address the
Commission to address their views."
Page 9, Paragraph 4, Sentence 1 should read, ".......neighborhood has been one of
the best......"
Page 10, Paragraph 3 should read,".....vehicular traffic. The Commission discussed
no parking directly in front of homes adjacent to the park entrance ................asked if this
type of access would be preferable and acceptable to them......"
Ted Billy moved, Jack Johnson seconded with all members voting in favor to accept
the minutes as amended.
ri -
ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
MINUTES OF APRIL 5, 1990 MEETING
PAGE 2
ARBOR DAY PROCLAMATION
John VonDeLinde explained that pages 18 and 19 of the packet provided
information relative to the Arbor Day celebration being planned for April 28th. He asked
the Commission to approve the Arbor Day Proclamation. Dick Carroll moved, George
Kubik seconded with all members voting in favor to approve the Resolution for Eagan
Arbor Month as presented.
John brought the Commission up to date on the events surrounding Arbor Month
culminating with the Arbor Day festivities at Trapp Farm Park. Again this year third
graders from Eagan schools were asked too participate in a poster contest. Six hundred
fifty posters were completed and the Commission was asked to select the winner from
each school based on three finalists from each school. They will also be asked to select
the grand prize winner from the winners. The grand prize winning poster will be used
for the 1991 Arbor Day poster. Both Mr. VonDeLinde and Mr. Schuster will visit the
schools during the week of April 23rd to present the winning posters to the third grade
classes.
Arbor Day celebration will be held at Trapp Farm Park on April 28 from 1-4 p.m.
and will be an "open house" format. Entertainment is being planned and special prize
drawings will occur at the end of the program. The announcement of the grand prize
poster winner and the ceremonial tree planting will wrap up the afternoon. John indicated
a special thank-you should be addressed to First Bank Eagan for their generous
contribution to this event.
Mr. VonDeLinde explained that 831 requests had been received for the tree sale
this year. Commission members are being solicited to draw 350-400 registrants from the
total entered so the winners can be notified by mail. The drawing and the poster selection
will be completed during the Commission's break.
George Kubik asked staff to send a letter of thanks to First Bank on behalf of the
Commission for all their contributions to this successful event.
CONSENT AGENDA
There were no consent items for the Commission to review.
,? f
ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
MINUTES OF APRIL 5, 1990 MEETING
PAGE 3
UNISYS 2ND ADDITION
Steve Sullivan explained that this proposal is for the preliminary plat of two lots on
130.7 acres of research and development zoned property on the Unisys campus. The
request is to divide the existing lot where the CSD facility is located. The result is a lot
with the CSD facility and an additional buildable lot along with the existing ballfield
complex.
After further discussion, Shawn Hunter moved, Ted Billy seconded with all members
voting in favor to make the following recommendations:
1. Lot 2, Block 1 of Unisys Park, 2nd Addition, be subject to a cash parks
dedication.
2. Lot 2, Block 1 of the Unisys Park, 2nd Addition, be subject to a cash
trailway dedication.
EAA STORAGE
Ken Vraa reminded the Commission that alternatives have been considered
regarding the request from the Eagan Athletic Association to help them find equipment
storage space for youth athletic programs. Based on the options that were available it
appears a this time that the most viable alternative is the consideration of a building
mirroring the one proposed at Northview. The storage building would be approximately
1000 square feet with 940-950 square feet of usable space. The construction of the
building would be consistent with other park shelter buildings and would compliment the
proposed building for that site. At this time it is anticipated that the construction may be
done in-house rather than by adding it to the shelter contract. EAA would be responsible
for the cost of the materials which is projected in the $13,500 -15,000 range. Although
the board of EAA has not met regarding this cost figure, it is expected that they will be
supportive of the concept. EAA's primary concern is that of permanence and they would
like to have some assurance from the City of Eagan that this can be a permanent location.
Ken further stated that if the association is unable to generate $15,000 the first year they
would like to have the option of spreading the payments over 2-3 years if possible.
George Kubik asked if there is any precedent regarding this issue. Mr. Vraa stated
there was none. Ted Billy asked if Parks and Recreation would pay the $15,000 cost up
front and have EAA reimburse them followed by another question asking what would
happen if the funds weren't earned in 2-3 years. Ken responded that EAA was planning
a fund raiser for this specific purpose and if it wasn't as successful as projected they would
allocate a portion of the yearly membership fee, possibly $.50 per family, to the building
9
ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
MINUTES OF APRIL 5, 1990 MEETING
PAGE 4
fund so that a constant source of income could be generated for this purpose. Fund
raisers would continue until the total debt was paid. Ted Billy suggested having Parks and
Recreation staff build the building, have EAA collect the $.50 per member, per year until
all the monies were collected.
Mr. Kubik asked what the timing would be on this issue. Mr. Vraa commented
that it should appear before the City Council on April 17th or May 1st so that the Council
is aware of what is happening.
After further discussion George Kubik moved, Michele Swanson seconded with all
members voting in favor to have staff prepare a memo covering EAA's responsibilities and
the City of Eagan's responsibilities regarding the construction of a storage building as well
as addressing insurance and liability issues and responsibilities.
OAK RIDGE PARK (WILLMUS PARK)
Ken Vraa informed the Commission that the plans for Oak Ridge Park (Willmus
Park) were done to reflect the revisions to eliminate the skating area as the Commission
had requested. He further stated that the bids for this site came in under what was
expected and a preconstruction meeting was being held shortly with dirt moving to begin
Monday or Tuesday of next week.
FEES AND CHARGES
Ken Vraa stated that beginning on page 24 of the packet there was information for
the Commission to review and respond to regarding the basis for charging fees for facility
use. Because of the growth of facilities it has become obvious that organizations and
groups are wanting to use the facilities available within the city. Responding to users of
Northview tennis courts, for example, has brought up the question of what fees should be
assessed.
Dorothy Peterson stated that page 33 was a summary chart showing the amount
and kinds of fees charged by other communities and it only indicated that there is no
consistency in how these fees are assessed. What needs to occur is to tie in with the
philosophy of who the city charges for these facilities and under what circumstances.
George Kubik asked if there was any consensus to the information Dorothy had
compiled. She stated that the only common denominator was that there was no fee
charged for youth in-house programs. There was such a large amount of information for
the Commission to absorb the request was made that staff establish a prioritization of who
should and should not be charged fees and under what circumstances.
lv .
>t ,
ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
MINUTES OF APRIL 5, 1990 MEETING
PAGE 5
After further discussion, Ted Billy moved to have staff prepare a list of priorities
of usage and a fee structure for the Commission to respond to at the May meeting.
George Kubik added that a philosophy statement as well as a priority list of users should
be a part of this report. Dick Carroll seconded the motion with all members voting in
favor of it.
WATER QUALITY
John VonDeLinde explained that the Storm Water Drainage Plan had been
completely reviewed by both Parks and Recreation and Engineering and the expectation
is that the Council will approve the plan as presented.
Regarding the Comprehensive Water Quality Plan, the Developers Task Force met
to discuss this plan and give their final comments. The task force understood the need
to provide ponding on site and agree that this type of policy is important. John further
stated that a public hearing was held on March 22 with 22 residents and 2 reporters
present. Public input included a surcharge for golf courses, phosphorous monitoring,
increase in education, and setting up an experimental site to test types of fertilizer, etc.
John continued that on April 3rd the Council met and approved the Water Quality
Management Plan but expressed their concern for the costs involved for the developers.
This issue will go to the Planning Commission on April 24th after which the City's attorney
will draft an ordinance change which will go back to the Council for final ratification.
Ken Vraa reminded the Commission of the possibility of taking of additional
responsibilities if it is to become the Advisory Parks, Recreation and Natural Resources
Commission. It is possible that the water quality issues may come back to this body
however, further discussion is required.
TREE ORDINANCE
Ken Vraa stated that no new information was available for the Commission to
review at this point. Council has directed that this issue go to the Developer's Task Force
for their review before proceeding on to the next step.
YOUTH POSITION ON COMMISSION
Dorothy Peterson stated that per the Commission's request she had checked to see
if other commissions had experience with a youth position on their commission. After
checking with MRPA to see what other communities may offer this option she found that
there were none they were aware of to date. She did note that the Burnsville School
ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
MINUTES OF APRIL 5, 1990 MEETING
PAGE 6
Board had a very good experience with their youth position. Some concerns Dorothy
raised related to the voting rights of a youth regarding city code issues or legal issues.
George Kubik stated that it was the consensus of the Commission to have a youth
representative on the Commission and that perhaps the position would be one of an
advisory, non-voting nature. Shawn Hunter stated that he didn't think voting would be
a problem.
Jack Johnson questioned the catalyst for doing this since he didn't hear of any
requests by students to participate in this manner. He felt the impetus should be coming
from youth if they felt the need/desire to participate. He further wondered if this would
begin at this level would it follow that there should be a youth representative on the City
Council or in county and state committees and commissions. Shawn Hunter responded
that the desire came from the Commission and felt it was very important that youth be
involved specifically in the things that affect youth.
Ted Billy stated that if youth input is what the Commission is looking for the
question becomes can one student represent the ideas of such a large area. Perhaps
another way of addressing this issue would be to meet in the schools with groups the
Commission is targeting. John Griggs disagreed stating that he liked the idea of a youth
representative and perhaps a subcommittee of youth may be an option to consider. Sandi
Wensmann stated she was concerned about the interest a student would have regarding
some of the issues that are discussed at regular meetings. Michele Swanson suggested that
perhaps a subcommittee of youth that would isolate on recreation issues would be a
compromise in this instance.
After further discussion George Kubik moved, John Griggs seconded a motion to
have staff explore the City Code and regulations to explore the concept in an attempt to
form a group of three representatives to serve as advisors to the Advisory Parks and
Recreation Commission focusing their interest on the Recreation sub-committee.
Ted Billy stated that he felt it was a better idea to get better representation from
students by way of their Student Councils or other already organized groups. Shawn
Hunter expressed his concern in trying to get all those people together at one time.
With a motion and a second on the floor a vote was taken with 6 voting for and
2 voting against. The motion was carried.
George Kubik stated that this venture would be an experiment, however the
selection process would need to be determined.
ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
MINUTES OF APRIL 5, 1990 MEETING
PAGE 7
PROPOSED LAND DONATION
Ken Vraa explained that Mr. Bob Lane had contacted him concerning a tract of
land he wished to donate to the City of Eagan for park purposes. Mr. Lane lives on Lot
6 of the Lakewood Hills addition and the land he wishes to donate is Lot 5. North of this
tract of land is city owned Outlot A of Walnut Hill Park. The donation would be made
with the understanding that this would remain as parkland and not be sold or developed.
Ted Billy noticed that the only access to the parcel is a private gravel road and
asked what kinds of improvements would need to be made the city takes over ownership.
Mr. Lane explained that it was a dedicated but not accepted road. The homeowners
association maintains the road and if the city were to be a property owner would share
in it's pro-rata share of maintenance as well.
John Griggs asked for a clarification regarding the tax assessment numbers outlined
in the packet. He asked if the county assessor had given substantiation to the 667%
increase from $3600 to $28,000. He further stated he would hold off making any decision
until this issue had been discussed by the property owner and the county assessor.
George Kubik stated that the only use he saw for this parcel at this time was
passive use. Dick Carroll asked if Mr. Lane had talked with his neighbor to see of a land
swap could occur with one taking the north side of the two lots and the other taking the
south side of the two lots. Dick further suggested then donating the north half of the two
lots to the city which would extend the Walnut Hill Park section to the north edge of the
pond. Mr. Lane stated that the only thing to be gained in this scenario would be access
to the pond. Dick Carroll questioned if the owner of Lot 6 would be open to this option.
After further discussion, Dick Carroll moved, Shawn Hunter seconded with all
members voting in favor to table this issue to allow time to analyze the feasibility of
acquiring the north half of both lots. The motion carried.
George Kubik thanked Mr. Lane for attending the meeting and for his generous
offer. Mr. Lane indicated he would talk to the neighbor involved to see is he is open to
doing the land swap described.
OUTDOOR POOL
Shawn Hunter explained that over the last few months he has gotten a great deal
of input regarding outdoor pools and the need to have one in the city. The people he
talked to didn't want an indoor pool because they were inside so much of the year that
they wanted to recreate outdoors when the weather would permit. He further stated that
1'3
ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
MINUTES OF APRIL 5, 1990 MEETING
PAGE 8
people expressed their frustration at the overcrowding of Schultz Beach, the fact that it
was not centrally located, the insects and the fact that they just miss having an outdoor
pool. He then went on to share some of the results of the survey done for the community
center referendum noting that most people in the area would use a pool. He felt the
construction of the middle school in Eagan eased the indoor swimming situation therefore
it would be appropriate to look into the feasibility of an outdoor facility. Other
Commission members concurred with the comments that the public has expressed
regarding this need.
Ted Billy commented that the only information missing from the survey included
whether or not the residents were willing to pay for it. He then questioned what the cost
would be for an outdoor pool. Not sure of what size or type of pool the Commission was
leaning toward, Mr. Vraa responded that it could range from $400,000 to $2.5 million.
John Griggs commented that he felt it was timely to revisit this issue and begin to get
costs together for a pool.
Shawn Hunter asked to have staff gather information on wading pools, regulation
pools, high dive, wave pools and any other information that would be helpful in proceeding
with this issue. He also felt a scaled back survey should be done to include information
such as age of person being surveyed, number of children in household and ages, how
many times would they use an outdoor pool and what features they might be looking for.
After further discussion George Kubik directed staff to come up with 3-4
alternatives for the Commission to respond to with a range of pool sizes, costs (from low
budget to elaborate), and a vehicle to reach the community for their input. John Griggs
asked that the operational costs be included and Jack Johnson asked that the liability issue
be addressed as well. Further, John Griggs added that the proposal should include tax
increment financing so that an investment can be made that will turn a profit and that has
community support.
YMCA/ICE ARENA
Ken Vraa reminded the Commission that at the March Council Meeting to discuss
TIF and the proposed ice arena Pam McCrea had suggested looking at placing the
proposed ice arena/YMCA on the city owned park property located at Lexington and
Diffley. The last input from the YMCA is that they may be interested in operating an ice
area, however they were not open to funding the initial construction of the facility. The
Y's proposal includes a pool, gymnasium, locker rooms and meeting rooms with a fund
raiser needed to raise the necessary $600,000 to begin this project.
ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
MINUTES OF APRIL 5, 1990 MEETING
PAGE 9
The concern that was expressed regarding using the Lexington/Diffley site for a
proposal such as this was the legality of using land purchased with Park Site Fund dollars
for a proposal such as is being discussed for the ice arena/YMCA. Ken suggested that
perhaps a shared facility might be considered, i.e. athletic site and YMCA sharing parking
facilities.
Another concern raised is that the YMCA has not determined positively that this
is the site it would choose for a facility. The only criteria they have set to date is the
consideration for distance from the West St. Paul and Burnsville facilities as well as easy
access to the site.
Shawn Hunter expressed his concern that the TIF issue should be dealt with
separately rather than bringing all these issues together. George Kubik stated that the
City must be careful in considering alternatives to the site until a complete analysis is
available. John Griggs asked what kinds of things would be given up if the ice arena/Y
were to be placed on this site. Ken stated that some of the things that had been
considered for this site would be compromised but until more information is available it
is hard to speculate. George Kubik stated that the Commission has struggled for more
than 5 years trying to get a parcel of land large enough to accommodate athletic facilities
which are in great need.
Dick Carroll and Ted Billy stated that the city is very fortunate to have been able
to obtain a parcel of land this size to accommodate future expansion of athletic facilities.
After further discussion George Kubik suggested that staff look at the legality of
using property purchased with Park Site Funds in this fashion, analyze the impact to the
preliminary proposal for this site as an athletic facility and consider alternatives available
to the city regarding the use of this site as well as identifying another site for the YMCA.
Ken responded that finding a site is the ultimate responsibility of the YMCA
because of their need to identify location requirements and parameters.
TRAPP FARM PARK
Ken Vraa explained that the Council had reviewed the issue of purchasing lots
adjacent to Trapp Farm Park so as to maintain the integrity of the sliding hill at this site
and also to maintain the buffer area between the park and homes. After discussions with
the developer it became evident that a land swap was not going to work. Another options
that was suggested to the developer was placing a covenant on the back portion of the lots
restricting construction or storage on those lots. This would retain the integrity of the lots
and still allow a buffer between the park and homes.
15.
ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
MINUTES OF APRIL 5, 1990 MEETING
PAGE 10
The Council voted 3-2 not to buy any of the lots adjacent to Trapp Farm Park or
to seek a covenant on those properties. They further clarified that if staff could come up
with an acceptable agreement within the next week the Council would revisit that proposal.
A question arose regarding the value of the covenant. Ken stated that the
developer was not able to come up with a dollar amount that he was comfortable with on
this issue.
After further discussion, George Kubik moved, Shawn Hunter seconded the motion
to send a memo to the City Council asking them to reconsider the purchase of 4 lots and
explain again the reasons the Commission feels so strongly about preserving the integrity
and the investment in this park. Seven voted for and one voted against the motion. The
motion was passed.
George Kubik added that if another option became available he would be willing
to address it at a special meeting.
DAVID CARTER LETTER
John Griggs brought up the letter from David Carter regarding the Beacon Hill and
Brittany neighborhood regarding the ponding area near their homes. It appears that the
pond level has dropped significantly in the last year and the residents would like the City
to reclaim the pond. George Kubik asked if the major problems with this water body had
been identified and Mr. Griggs responded that it appeared to be primarily sedimentation.
John also stated that the neighborhood is willing to put some dollars together to help the
City resolve this problem.
George Kubik suggested that the DNR may be better able to help at this point
since staff wouldn't have the expertise to address this issue as in depth as would be
necessary. Dick Carroll noted that many residents are seeking this same kind of relief
because of the drought the last two years.
Mr. Griggs responded that the residents in this neighborhood are concerned for the
value of their land and feel they are paying more taxes because they are surrounding
water. They are very willing to help in whatever way they can but are looking for
assistance and guidance from the City.
ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
MINUTES OF APRIL 5, 1990 MEETING
PAGE 11
PARKS DEVELOPMENT
Steve Sullivan noted that Contract 90-1 for park construction at Carlson Lake and
Wescott Station Park and Contract 90-2 for park shelter buildings are very close to being
let. The contract for 90-2 will have a bid opening date of April 20 and an update memo
will be provided to the Commission regarding the status of these two contracts as work
progresses.
WINTER/SPRING PROGRAM UPDATE
Jon Oyanagi explained that it was a crazy winter with the inconsistent weather that
was experienced. The ice skating season started with one week of sub-zero weather
followed by a January that was warmer than December. This had an impact on the
skating season as well as the maintenance. Eleven skating sites were open and the sliding
site was only open for 2-3 weeks. Skating lessons and broomball leagues were very
successful and the 4-man hockey league will return again next year. After visiting all the
sites it was obvious that they all were used at one time or another. Jon also expressed
his concern in having a telephone at all of the sites where there is an attendant staffed.
George Kubik suggested looking into the option of portable phones.
Jon explained that softball registration has been completed with 197 teams ready
to play in 1990. This equates to having 26 games being played a night.
Paula Nowariak stated that there were 41 volleyball teams that participated this
year compared with 24 last winter. Speedskating was again popular this winter and they
were very lucky to have scheduled practice and meets on days where the weather was
fairly cooperative.
Paula added that for the spring programs Tiny Tots had to again be expanded.
There are now seven classes of Tiny Tots with the pre-school programs growing to
capacity.
Another project Paula is involved in is meeting with middle school groups to see
what programming can be implemented to work with the teens in the city. What was
surprising was that almost every suggestion these kids made was for a program that either
was currently offered or had been offered. The main problem is that they don't seem to
be getting the information they need when they need it. They suggested getting separate
information to them by way of a flyer, etc. Paula will also be visiting at the elementary
school level to explore possibilities at that age level as well.
l'I.
ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
MINUTES OF APRIL 5, 1990 MEETING
PAGE 12
Activities coming up include the Fun Run on May 5 and Olympic Torch Run on
July 2 which will have some of the Summer in the Park kids participating in.
HAPPENINGS
A question was asked regarding the School's Out Party. Jennifer Peterson answered
that 9 children participated in the first event where they participated in crafts and games,
had pizza and sundaes and a fun time. The second event has been planned for tomorrow.
MAY PARK TOURS
Ken asked if the Commission wanted to resume its policy of visiting parks during
the summer months to become familiar with what is happening at different sites. George
Kubik stated that this has always been a very significant part of the learning curve for the
Commission and felt it was very beneficial and should be continued. Ken noted that
members would meet at 6:30 PM starting in May and be back at the Municipal Center
for the meeting to begin at 7:30 PM.
DAKOTA COUNTY TRAILS
Mr. Vraa explained that the Council had taken under advisement the Commission's
position regarding Dakota County trails and a letter was sent to the county. A follow up
meeting will be held on April 17 regarding this issue and Ken invited any Commission
member available to participate.
VERN BOLTE LETTER
Page 51 of the packet references a letter from Vern Bolte asking that the pond
near Kettle Park be fenced in for the safety of the children surrounding the area. One
of the major concerns over this issue is the fact that there are over 300 water bodies in
the city that could be requesting the same thing. Ken stated that this is a tough issue and
it's difficult to find an easy resolution.
Dick Carroll commented that this discussion had been held some time ago and it
was felt at that time that if the city were to begin fencing water bodies they would most
likely need to fence them all.
George Kubik commended Mr. Bolte for drawing the Commission's attention to this
situation.
ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
MINUTES OF APRIL 5, 1990 MEETING
PAGE 13
After further discussion, Ted Billy moved, Shawn Hunter seconded with all members
voting in favor to reaffirm the city's position to not fence the pond at Kettle Park.
With no further business to conduct, Shawn Hunter moved, Ted Billy seconded with
all members voting in favor to adjourn the meeting. The meeting was adjourned at 10:30
P.M.
SECRETARY
DATE
MEMORANDUM
TO: ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
FROM: STEPHEN SULLIVAN, LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT/PARKS PLANNER
DATE: MAY 1, 1990
RE: CONSENT AGENDA - MAY 3, 1990
1. SOUTHERN LAKES ADDITION - SOUTHERN LAKES PARTNERSHIP
A Comprehensive Guide Plan Amendment changing land use designation fr D-II
mixed residential to D-1 single family, a rezoning of 13 acres from A (agricultural)
to single family and a preliminary plat consisting of 11 lots located in the SW 1/4
of Section 25 east of Hwy. 3 and north of Cliff Road.
RECOMMENDATION:
1. That the proponent be responsible for a cash parkland dedication.
2. That the proponent be responsible for a cash trail dedication.
SS:cm
"A
MEMORANDUM
TO: ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
FROM: STEPHEN SULLIVAN, LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT/PARKS PLANNER
DATE: APRIL 23, 1990
RE: SHERWOOD DOWNS ADDITION - ARGUS DEVELOPMENT, INC.
APPLICATION
Applications have been submitted requesting a Comprehensive Guide Plan and Planned
Development Amendment of 19.16 acres from R-3 to R-1 within the Blackhawk Planned
Development. An additional application has been submitted requesting zoning from AG to R-1
for 10.26 acres and the preliminary plat of 62 lots on 29.42 acres.
BACKGROUND
The site is located along the west side of Pilot Knob Road and the north side of Deerwood Drive.
Approximately 19.16 acres of the 29.42 acres is within the Blackhawk Planned Development. The
Blackhawk Planned Development has fulfilled it's parks dedication.
ANALYSIS
Twenty lots are proposed within the preliminary plat outside the Blackhawk Planned Development.
These lots are; Lots 5-13, Block 1, Sherwood Addition and Lots 18-28, Block 1, Sherwood
Addition. (See Figure #1) These lots are subject to a cash parks dedication.
According to the adopted Trails Dedication policy, all sixty-two (62) lots will be subject to a cash
trails dedication.
FOR COMMISSION ACTION
The Commission may consider the following recommendations:
1. Lots 5-13 and 18-28, Block 1, Sherwood Addition shall be responsible for a cash parks
dedication.
2. The entire proposal shall be responsible for a cash trailway dedication.
SS:cm
?3
Drawn y: r Drawing Title
Dote: aagan M FIGURE NO.
li,
MEMORANDUM
TO: ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
KEN VRAA, DIRECTOR OF PARKS AND RECREATION
FROM: Y. DOROTHY PETERSON, RECREATION SUPERVISOR II
DATE: APRIL 27, 1990
RE: FEES AND CHARGES FOR THE USE OF ATHLETIC FIELDS
Background: At the April 5 Commission Meeting, the Commission gave direction to Staff
to prepare a report regarding fees and charges for the use of athletic facilities. For this
report, Staff drew upon Department past practices, information learned from the survey
of other communities and a National Recreation and Park Association publication, Public
Policy For Fees and Charges.
Discussion: The following is provided for Commission discussion.
Philosophy Statement: The City of Eagan has developed parks and play facilities in the
community in order that its citizens may participate in sports activities in the city.
The Department of Parks and Recreation maintains these facilities to levels of optimum
playability, safety and aesthetic concerns. Additionally, the Department is charged with
the responsibility to administer equitable access to athletic facilities for city programs, for
community groups and to individual residents.
Some Leagues, teams or individual events require maintenance over and above normal
preparation, a block of time that precludes public usage for extended periods of time, or
special attention that occurs beyond the normal work day. In those instances, the
assessment of user fees seems appropriate to enable the Department to ensure user
access, activity specific preparation and budget management.
FEES AND CHARGES
APRIL 27, 1990
PAGE 2
Categories of Facilities:
Class A Baseball: Fully fenced fields, in an athletic complex
Softball: Fully fenced fields, in an athletic complex
Hockey: Shelter building, two hockey rinks
Tennis: Four or more courts, may be lighted
Soccer: Full size, two or more fields, shelter building
Class B Ballfields:
Baseball:
Hockey:
Tennis:
Soccer:
Ag lime infield, no mound, open outfield, in a neighborhood
park or school site
Ag lime base paths, mounds, open outfield, at a school site
One hockey rink, small shelter
Two courts
Full size, two fields or less, portable restroom
Class C Ballfield: Grass infield, facility not programmed
Hockey: One hockey rink, warming house or trailer
Tennis: One court
Soccer: One field, 240' x 180' or smaller
Categories of Users:
1. Park and Recreation Department Programs
1.1 Adult sport leagues: eligibility is based on "live or work" in the city.
Department Staff directs and administers the leagues (softball, hockey, tennis,
football)
a. Use class A facility
1.2 Youth programs: skating lessons, speedskating, tennis lessons and camps
a. Use Class A and B facilities
1.3 Adult programs: Tennis lessons, skating lessons
a. Use Class A and B facilities
2. Eagan High School, Dakota Hills Middle School Co-Curricular Activities
a. Use Class A and B facilities
FEES AND CHARGES
APRIL 27, 1990
PAGE 3
3. Youth Athletic Association Programs
3.1 In-house leagues, Eagan Athletic Association, Eagan Hockey Association
a. Use Class B facilities
3.2 Travel leagues, Eagan Athletic Association, Eagan Hockey Association
a. Use Class A and B facilities
3.3 Independent, Require 70% Eagan youth; Bluejays, Legion, VFW
a. Use Class A facilities
3.4 Rosemount Area Athletic Association, Mend-Eagan Athletic Association
a. Use Class B facilities
3.5 4H, Scouts, etc.
a. Use Class B facilities
4. Private Organization Programs
4.1 Church Youth Leagues
a. Use Class A or B facilities
4.2 Church Adult Leagues
a. Use Class A or B facilities
4.3 Corporate Leagues: Unisys, Rosemount Inc., Volvo Tennis
a. Use Class A facilities
4.4 Independent Teams: Burnet Realty, KC's
a. Use Class A or B facilities
4.5 Challenge Games
a. Space available A or B facilities
4.6 Private Lesson Programs
a. Class A or B facilities
5. Select Teams
5.1 Youth Olympic Development
a. Use Class A or B facilities
5.2 Adult; recreational league soccer, for example
a. Use Class A or B facilities
f l
FEES AND CHARGES
APRIL 27, 1990
PAGE 4
posed Fees and Charges:
Pro
1. Parks and Recreation Department Programs
1.1a Adult Sport Leagues (softball)
a. Administrative fee $45.00/team
b. Field Light fee $25.00/team
c. Maintenance fee $30.00/team
d. Facility improvement fee $25.00/one time fee upon entry to the league
e. All other direct costs varies
1.1b Adult Sport Leagues (minor sports)
a. Administration fee $45.00
b. All direct costs varies
1.2 Youth Programs
a. Direct costs varies
1.3 Adult Programs
a. Direct costs varies
2. Eagan High School, Dakota Hills Middle School
a. No fees
3. Youth Athletic Association Programs
3.1 In-house
a. No fees
3.2 Travel Leagues
a. Minimal fees
1) Baseball $50.00/team
2) Soccer
3) Hockey
3.3 Independent
a. Reduced fees
1) Baseball $100.00 - $200.00
- 6-10 games $100.00
- 10+ games $200.00
3.4 RAAA, Mend-Eagan
a. No fees
3.5 4-H, Scouts
a. No fees
FEES AND CHARGES
APRIL 27, 1990
PAGE 5
4. Private Organization Programs
4.1 Church Youth Leagues
a. Softball $35.00/team, league run on city facilities
b. Softball $15.00/game, league uses one city facility on weekly basis
4.2 Church Adult Leagues
a. Softball $15.00/game, league uses one city facility on a weekly basis
b. Maximum season length 12 weeks
4.3 Corporate Leagues
a. Broomball $35.00/team, maximum season 6 weeks
b. Tennis $2.00/court/hour, maximum season 12 weeks
c. Softball $100.00/team, fall field space, maximum season 8 weeks
d. Soccer $35.0/team maximum season 10 weeks
4.4 Independent Teams
a. Softball $15.00/game
4.5 Challenge Games
a. Softball $15.00/game; use two time blocks $30.00
4.6 Private Lesson Programs
a. Tennis $2.00/court/hour
5. Select Teams
5.1 Youth Olympic Development
a. Soccer $15.00/game, maximum season, 12 weeks
5.2 Adult League
a. Soccer $15.00/game, maximum season, 12 weeks
Tournaments
Adult Softball: $35.00/field/day
$50.00/building fee
$20.00/hour/lights
$150.00 damage deposit
Liability Insurance, $600,000, city an additional insured
Adult Soccer: $35.00/field/day
Liability Insurance
FEES AND CHARGES
APRIL 27, 1990
PAGE 6
Adult Tennis: $35.00/court/day
Liability Insurance
Adult Broomball: $35.00/rink/day
$20.00/hour/lights
$50.00 shelter fee
Liability Insurance
Youth Tournaments: No Fee
Comment Staff, as part of this issue, will be discussing with the Commission priority given
to teams and the integration of other public and private program users, as well as
limitations that may be necessary as part of any fee structure.
For Commission Action:
It is appropriate that the Commission recommend adoption of a philosophical statement,
classification of facilities and users and a scale of fees and charges. The Staff report is
intended to provide a framework for discussion.
DP/nh
90
MEMORANDUM
TO: ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
FROM: KEN VRAA, DIRECTOR OF PARKS AND RECREATION
DATE: MAY 1, 1990
RE: LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE/REVISIONS TO EXISTING CODE
Background
Several months ago, Staff undertook what has become a two part project. The first part
was the up-dating of existing City Ordinances as they pertain to diseased trees, the
notification process for dealing with diseased trees, and the maintenance and care of trees
and lawns, etc. The Advisory Commission reviewed this section some months ago as it was
prepared by the Parks and Recreation Staff.
Part two, dealing with new subdivisions/private property, has been done by the Planning
Department and John Voss, Consultant/City Planner.
Review
In the last 45 days, drafts of the material prepared by Voss have been reviewed by the
Developers Task Force on two separate occasions. In these two reviews, some changes
have occurred. Please note John Voss' memo to Jim Sturm dated April 19. This reflects
some changes that were made from the first meeting.
The Developers Task Force also reviewed revisions prepared by the Parks and Recreation
Staff. Task Force questioned contractor's licensing provisions, recognizing the experience
the City had previously with contracting licenses for builders. Task Force felt this
provision should be dropped altogether in that there are no enforcement aspects. The
Task Force also had some questions relative to how the Master Street Plan would work
and the provisions for planting new trees in road right-of-ways. There did not seem to
be any specific recommendation for changes in this portion of the ordinance.
Re: Landscape Ordinance
May 1, 1990
Page 2
For Commission Review
The intent is to have Mr. Voss at the Advisory Commission to review the shade trees
and landscaping portion of the zoning ordinance. It is not the expectation of Staff that
the Advisory Commission make formal approval or adoption of the ordinance at this time.
It is desired, however, that the Advisory Commission identify issues of concern that it has
with the ordinances so that this can be further refined. Revisions made will be presented
to the Planning Commission at a public hearing and to the Advisory Parks and Recreation
Commission for final adoption.
KV//nh
MEMO TO: Jim Sturm, City Planner, City of Eagan
FROM: John S. Voss, Planning Consultant
DATE: April 19, 1990
SUBJECT: Shade Trees & Landscaping
The following are suggested revisions to the 2-22-90 draft of the Eagan
Zoning Ordinance related to "Shade Trees & Landscaping". The suggested
revisions are a result of the Eagan Developers comments from the April
12th meeting.
Subdivision 17A. The second paragraph would be revised to state... A
detailed Landscape Plan shall also be required, as stated above, before
a building permit is issued which would result in a ten (10%) percent
or greater expansion of an existing building where an approved
landscape plan is not on file with the City. This plan may be
implemented over a period of three years and a performance guarantee
shall not be required. However, if the plan is not fully implemented
within three years, the City may complete the landscaping and assess
the benefited property for the improvement.
Subdivision 17B. A sentence shall be added related to preparation of
the Landscape Plan.
B. In every case where landscaping is required by provision of the
City Code or by an approval granted by the City, for a building or
structure to be constructed on any property, the applicant shall submit
a landscape plan prepared in accordance with the provisions of this
Section. The Landscape Plan shall include the detailed information set
forth upon the application form provided by the City. The Landscape
Plan shall be prepared and signed by a Landscape Architect registered
in the State of Minnesota or a certified Nurseryman. The City Planning
Director may waiver or modify Landscape Plan requirements where the
intent and purpose of this ordinance is otherwise met.
Subdivision 17C. Paragraphs (3) & (6) would be revised to read as
follows:
3) The Performance Guarantee shall be for five thousand ($5,000)
dollars unless another amount is set by the City Council.
6) For any landscaping or screening that is unacceptable, the
applicant shall replace the material to the satisfaction of the City
before the Guarantee is released. Where this is not done, the City, in
it's sole discretion, may use the proceeds of the Performance Guarantee
to accomplish performance. When the Performance Guarantee is
insufficient to complete the landscaping, the City may complete the
landscaping and assess the benefited property for the improvement.
3?
*
Page 2
Subdivision 17 D2g would be revised to read as follows:
(g) Minimum Required Plant Material: When an inadequate landscape
plan is submitted, as determined by the Planning Director, the
developer shall be guided by providing plant material equal to two and
one half (2 1/2%) percent of the cost or value of building(s),
excluding land cost and site improvements, in providing an adequate
plan. Credit shall be given for existing plant materials which will be
preserved, however, in no instance shall plant material of a value less
than fifteen thousand ($15,000) dollars be permitted unless otherwise
approved by the City Planning Director where the intent and purpose of
this ordinance is met.
Subdivision 18 Irrigation Systems
A. "Landscape Plans" as required by Section 11.30 Subdivision 17,
shall include an underground irrigation system as required below,
except where the open space is very large or reserved for future
expansion or the system would not be in keeping with the character of
the area as determined by the City Planning Director.
R-1 District - Not required.
R-2 District - Not required.
R-3 District - Required all yards.
R-4 District - Required all yards.
Commercial Districts - Required all yards.
Industrial & R.D. Districts - Required all yards along a public
street or adjacent to a residential district.
Public Facilities - Required all yards along a public street.
Agricultural - Not required.
Public Parks - Not required.
Planned Development - Refer to above districts & related uses.
C. Underground irrigation systems shall extend beyond private
property onto public right-of-way (boulevard areas) and shall be
subject to approval by the City as provided in Chapter 6.43 Section
7.08.
Subdivision 19 and 20: Relating to screening and buffers would be
revised to eliminate the screening chart and the revised wording in its
entirety would be as follows:
Subdivision 19 Screen and Buffers
A. Purpose: The buffer is a designated unit of yard or open area
where distance, planting, berming and fencing minimize adverse impacts
of nuisance such as noise, glare, activity, dust, unsightly parking,
storage, signs or buildings.
3`?
Page 3
B. Description: All parking, loading, service, utility, and outdoor
storage areas shall be screened from all public streets and adjacent
differing land use. Screen shall consist of any combination of the
following: earth mounds, walls, fences, shrubs, deciduous overstory,
understory or coniferous trees or hedge materials. The height and
depth of the screening shall be consistent with the height and size of
the area to be screened. When natural materials, such as trees or
hedges, are used to meet the screening requirements of this subsection,
density and species of planting shall be such to achieve seventy-five
(75%) percent capacity year-round.
C. Maturity: For purposes of complying with all screening
requirements, a plant maturity of five years shall be used in
determining adequacy. In the interim, where a solid screen is needed,
a fence or other solid screen may be required until the plant material
has matured.
D. Location of Buffers: Buffer yards shall generally be located
along lot boundary lines and shall not extend into or be located within
any portion of a street right-of-way. Where a required drainage,
utility or other easement is partially or wholly within a required
buffer as permitted by the City, the developer shall design the buffer
to eliminate or minimize plantings within the required easement. Such
design may necessitate choosing a buffer. with more land area and fewer
required plantings.
E. Maintenance of Buffers: The responsibility for maintenance of a
required buffer shall remain with the owner of the property. The owner
shall be responsible for installing live and healthy replacement plants
for any plants that die or are removed due to disease. Maintenance
shall consist of mowing, removal of litter and dead plant materials,
and necessary pruning. Natural water courses within a buffer shall be
maintained as free flowing and free of debris.
F. Plant Materials: All plant materials required within a specified
buffer yard shall be planted to completion within six months from date
of issuance of a building permit and thereafter shall be properly
maintained.
G. Minimum Size of Plant Materials: Plant materials shall be at a
size as required in Subdivision 17D.
H. Waifer of Buffer Requirements: Buffer requirements may be waived
or modified by the City Planning Director where the intent is otherwise
satisfied by severe change in elevation, an existing screen, extreme
distance or similar circumstance.
I. Responsibility for Buffer: The responsibility for establishing a
buffer shall be the owner of the heavier use district. However, the
adjacent owner of the lighter use shall be required to provide plant
'0
Page 4
material and other normal landscape features along the common lot line
which will aid in the creation of a buffer.
ii-
TO: City of Eagan
FROM: John S. Voss, Planning Consultant
DATE: March 28, 1990
SUBJECT: Amendment of "Subdivision Regulation (Platting) - Chapter 13
Revise Section 13.30 Data and Design Standards by adding a new
paragraph 13.30 Subd 2B to read:
10. The location of all existing shrubs, trees, & tree clusters
as normally shown on a topographic map and the location and
size of all trees eight (8") inches or more caliper shall
be clearly indicated.
Revise Section 13.30 by revising Subdivision 11 to read:
Subdivision 11 Planting of Trees and Vegetation
Trees, shrubs and other vegetation shall be planted and maintained in
accordance with the following:
A. Street Trees - At locations where the City has an adopted
Master Planting Plan, the subdivider shall be required to
plant street trees, at his cost, in accordance with the
adopted Plan. Said Plan shall be kept on file in the office
of the Public Works Director.
B. Prior to approval of a final plat, the subdivider shall
submit a Subdivision Planting Plan for approval by the City
providing for street trees & landscaping of public property
as may be required by the City. Individual lot landscape
plans shall be submitted with the application for a building
permit as required in "performance standards" section of the
City Zoning Ordinance Chapter 11.
C. The minimum size, species, spacing, setback, location, method
of installation, maintenance & permitting process for street
trees and landscaping of boulevards and public spaces shall
be in accordance with the City's Master Planting Plan and
Section 7.08 and Section 10.20 of the City Code.
D. Underground irrigation systems, where required by the
"Performance Standards" section of the City Zoning Code -
Chaper 11, shall also be extended onto adjacent boulevard
areas. A permit shall be required by the Public Works
Director for underground irrigation systems to be located
upon public property.
E. All existing healthy trees and native vegetation shall be
preserved to the maximum extent feasible and shall be pro-
0 tected during construction. On heavily wooded lots, the City
will permit reasonable removal of trees of any size for a
suitable building site, parking and driveways. If a tree of
eight (8") inches or more caliper is proposed to be removed
where an alternative building, parking, or driveway location
may exist, the City may deny the request or may require a
suitable replacement tree(s) to be planted elsewhere.
F. Subdivision tree(s) shall not be planted in soil too poor to
insure growth. Where such poor soil exists, the subdivider
shall remove a minimum of twenty seven (27) cubic feet of
soil (3'x3'x3') and replace the poor soil with suitable loam
to insure proper growth.
G. Dead trees, uprooted stumps or similar debris shall be
removed from the site prior to release of any performance
guarantee.
H. Subdivision planting and performance as required by this
Subdivision 11 shall be guaranteed by the overall performance
bond or guarantee to be provided by subdivider and shall be
in accordance with the performance guarantee required for
private property plantings in the City Zoning Code - Chapter
11.
I
3 5,
LAND-USE REGULATIONS (ZONING)
Chapter 11. Subdivisions
• 10.16 Shade Trees and Landscaping
• 10.17 Landscape Plan Required
• 10.18 Irrigation System
• 10.19 General Screening and Buffers
• 10.20 Buffers
• 10.21 Unlawful Cutting of Trees and Shrubs
• 10.22 Protection of Large Trees
• 10.23 Street Trees
• 10.24 Prohibited Tree Species
• 10.25 Prohibited Use of Trees
39
Revised: 02-22-1990
Subd. 16. Shade Trees and Landscaping
A. Purpose. The City Council finds that:
1) Trees are proven producers of oxygen, a necessary element
for human survival;
2) Trees appreciably reduce the ever increasing environmentally
dangerous carbon dioxide content of the air and play a vital
role in purifying the air we breathe;
3) Trees transpire considerable amounts of water each day and
thereby purify the air much like the air-washer devices used
on commercial air conditioning systems;
4) Trees have an important role in neutralizing waste water
passing through the ground from the surface to ground water
tables and lower aquifers;
5) Trees, through their root systems, stabilize the ground water
tables and play an important and effective part in soil
conservation, eroision control, and flood control;
6) Trees are an invaluable physical, aesthetic, and psychological
counterpoint to the urban setting, making urban life more
comfortable by providing shade and cooling the air and land,
reducing noise levels and glare, and breaking the monotony of
human developments on the land, particularly parking areas;
and
7) Trees have an important impact on the desirability of land and
therefore on property values.
B. Based upon these findings, the Council
desirable and essential to the health,
City to protect certain existing trees
require new and additional plant mater
the planting of certain species and to
plant materials and trees as set forth
declares that it is
safety, and welfare of the
and plant materials, to
ials and trees, to prohibit
require the maintenance of
in this Section.
C. The provisions of these subdivisions 16 through 21 shall pertain
only to private property. The planting & maintenance of trees
located upon public property, including street trees, is otherwise
regulated by Chapter 6.43 Subdivision 7.08, Section 10.20, 10.21 &
10.22 of the City Code and the Subdivision Regulation Chapter 13.
Subd. 17. Landscape Plan Required
A. When Required. A detailed landscape plan shall be approved by the
City Planning Director before a building permit is issued for
any new development in any Commercial, Multiple Residential,
(R-2, R-3, & R-4) Industrial and Institutional Zoning District and
for all new developments, except single-family dwellings, in
Planned Development Districts or as otherwise provided by specific
planned development agreements.
A detailed Landscape Plan shall also be required, as stated above,
before a building permit is issued which would result in a ten
(10%) percent or greater expansion of an existing building where
an approved landscape plan is not on file with the City.
Page 1 L 1
A detailed Landscape Plan shall be provided with each preliminary
plat showing existing and proposed landscape materials for the
boulevard areas and such additional detail as may otherwise be
required by the City Subdivision Regulations Ordinance and Tree
Maintenance Ordinance.
B. In every case where landscaping is required by provision of the
City Code or by an approval granted by the City, for a building or
structure to be constructed on any property, the applicant shall
submit a landscape plan prepared in accordance with the provisions
of this Section. The Landscape Plan shall include the detailed
information set forth upon the application form provided by the
City. The City Planning Director may waiver or modify Landscape
Plan requirements where the intent and purpose of this ordinance
is otherwise met.
C. Performance Guarantee.
1) A Performance Guarantee shall be required to insure completion
and maintenance of all landscape plans required by the City
for preliminary plats and building permits.
2) The Performance Guarantee shall be approved in form as to
security by the City.
3) The Performance Guarantee shall be in an amount to be
determined by the City and shall be for no less than one and
one-half (1 1/2) times the dollar amount estimated by the City
as the cost of completing the landscaping and screening as
shown on the approved landscape plan.
4) The Performance Guarantee shall cover one full calendar year
subsequent to the completion and satisfactoy acceptance by the
City of implementation of the approved landscape plan.
5) The Performance Guarantee shall only be released upon
inspection and written acceptance by the City.
6) For any landscaping or screening that is unacceptable, the
applicant shall replace the material to the satisfaction of
the City before the Bond is released. Where this is not done,
the City, in it's sole discretion, may use the proceeds of the
Performance Guarantee to accomplish performance.
D. All landscaping shall be implemented in accordance with the
following:
1) Minimum size at time of planting:
(a) Deciduous overstory plantings shall be a minimum of
two and one-half (2 1/2) caliper inches.
(b) Deciduous understory trees shall be a minimum of one
and one-half (1 1/2) caliper nches.
(c) Coniferous trees shall be a minimum of six (6) feet
in height.
(d) Hedge materials shall be minimum of three (3) feet
in height.
2) For purposes of definition and standard, the following
shall be used:
(a) Caliper: The length of a straight line measured
through the trunk of a tree six (6) inches above the
Page 2
ground level.
(b) Coniferous/Evergreen Trees: A woody plant which, at
maturity, is at least thirty (30) feet or more in height,
with a single trunk, fully branched to the ground, having
foliage on the outermost portion of the branches year-
round.
(c) Deciduous Overstory Shade Tree: a woody plant which, at
maturity, is thirty (30) feet or more in height, with a
single trunk, unbranched for several feet above the
ground, having a defined crown, and which loses leaves
annually.
(d) Deciduous Understory Ornamental Tree: A woody plant
which, at maturity, is less than thirty (30) feet in
height, with a single trunk, unbranched for several feet
above the ground, having a defined crown which loses
leaves annually.
(e) Plant material Average Size (Coniferous): The total
height of all coniferous trees six (6) feet or over,
divided by the total number of such trees.
(f) Plant Materials Average Size (Shade or Ornamental): The
total diameter of all deciduous overstory trees two and
one-half (2 1/2) inches more in diameter, divided by the
total number of trees.
(g) Minimum Required Plant Material: In order to achieve
landscaping which is appropriate in scale with the size of
a building and site, the City may require plant material
equal to two and one-half (2 1/2 %) percent of the cost or
value of a building, excluding land cost or site
improvements. Credit shall be given for existing plant
materials which will be preserved, however, in no instance
shall plant material of a value less than fifteen thousand
($15,000) dollars be permitted unless otherwise approved
by the City Planning Director where the intent and purpose
of this ordinance is met.
(h) Planting Islands: Planting islands shall be required
where necessary to visually break up expanses of hard
surface parking areas, for safe and efficient traffic
movement, and to define rows of parking. Planting
islands shall occupy at least five (5%) percent of the
parking area.
(i) Method of Installation: All deciduous and coniferous
trees shall be balled and burlapped, staked, guyed and
planted in accordance with National Nurseryman's
standards.
(j) Sodding and Ground Cover: All open areas of a site not
occupied by building, parking or storage shall be sodded.
Exceptions to this are seeding of future expansion areas
as shown on approved plans and undisturbed areas
containing existing natural vegetation which can be
maintained free of foreign and noxious materials.
(k) Slopes and Berms: Final slopes greater than the ratio of
3/1 shall not be permitted without approval of special
treatment, such as special seed mixtures or reforestation,
terracing, or retaining walls. Berming used to provide
required screening of parking lots and other open areas
shall not have slopes in excess of 3/1.
(1) Maintenance: The property owner shall be responsible for
perpetual maintenance and for removal and replacement of
Page 3 l??
any overgrown, diseased or dead trees, shrubs, ground
covers or sod. Such replacement shall be in accordance
with a landscape plan as approved by the City Planning
Director.
(m) Erosion Control: All areas of any site shall be
maintained in accordance with provisions of the Eagan
Erosion Control Manual.
(n) Preservation of Woodland Areas: It is the policy of the
City to preserve the natural woodland areas and clusters
of trees throughout the City and to retain as far as
practical, substantial tree stands which can be
incorporated into the Landscape Plan. No clear cutting of
woodland areas shall be permitted. Shade trees of eight
(8) inches or more caliper shall be saved unless it can be
demonstrated that there is no other feasible way to
develop the site. The City may require replacement of any
removed trees on a caliper inch for caliper inch basis.
(o) Placement of Plant Materials: No plant materials shall be
permitted within any utility easement, road right-of-way,
or immediately adjacent to any driveway or road inter-
section when it would interfere with motorists' views of
the street or roadway unless specifically approved by the
City (see Chapter 6.43 Subdivision 7.08).
(p) General Landscape Requirement: In all districts for all
developments, including single-family dwellings, all
exposed ground area, surrounding the principle building
and accessory buildings, which are not devoted to
driveways, sidewalks, or patios, shall be landscaped with
grass, shrubs, trees, or other landscape material.
(q) Replacement of Poor Soil: Where soil is found to be too
poor to insure growth of required plant material, the poor
soil shall be removed and replaced with suitable loam.
For trees, an area of a minimum of twenty-seven cubic feet
(3' x 3' x 3') shall be established with suitable soil.
Subd. 18. Irrigation System
A. All "Landscape Plans", as required by Section 11.30 Subdivision
17, shall include an underground irrigation system except where
the open space is very large or reserved for future expansion as
determined by the City Planning Director.
B. The irrigation system shall be a fully automatic, on timer,
offering system with fourteen (14) day alternate date watering.
The system shall provide head to head coverage with a matched
precipitation rate. The system shall meet Minnesota Department of
Health standards and shall provide backflow preventors.
C. Underground irrigation systems that extend beyond private property
onto public right-of-way (boulevard areas) shall be subject to
approval by the City as provided in Chapter 6.43 Section 7.08.
Subd. 19. General Screening and Buffers
A. Description. All parking, loading, service, utiltity, and outdoor
storage areas shall be screened from all public streets and
adjacent differing land use. Screening shall consist of any
combination of the following: earth mounds, walls, fences,
q ? Page 4
shrubs, compact evergreen trees, or dense deciduous hedge as
further described in Section 11.30 Subd. 20F. The height and
depth of the screening shall be consistent with the height and
size of the area for which screening is required. When natural
materials, such as trees or hedges, are used to meet the screening
requirements of this subsection, density and species of planting
shall be such to achieve seventy-five (75%) capacity year-round.
Subd. 20. Buffers
A. Purpose: The buffer is a designated unit of yard or open area
where distance, planting, berming and fencing are required to
minimize adverse impacts of nuisances such as noise, glare,
activitiy, dust, unsightly parking, storage or signs.
B. Location of Buffers:
1) Buffer yards shall generally be located along lot boundary
lines and shall not extend into or be located within any
portion of a street right-of-way. Where a required drainage,
utility or other easement is partially or wholly within a
required buffer as permitted by the City, the developer shall
design the buffer to eliminate or minimize plantings within
the required easement. Such design may necessitate choosing a
buffer with more land area and fewer required plantings.`
C. Use of Buffers: A buffer may be used for some forms of passive
recreation; it may contain pedestrian, bike or equestrian trails,
provided that:
1) No plant material is eliminated.
2) The total width of the buffer is maintained.
3) All other regulations of the code are met.
4) In no event shall the following uses be allowed in buffers;
playfields, stables, swimming pools, tennis courts, or
similar active recreation uses.
5) A required buffer may include a stormwater retention area
when approved by the City.
D. Maintenance of Buffers: The responsibility for maintenance of a
required buffer shall remain with the owner of the property. The
owner shall be responsible for installing live and healthy
replacement plants for any plants that die or are removed due to
disease. Maintenance shall consist of mowing, removal of litter
and dead plant materials, and necessary pruning. Natural water
courses within a buffer shall be maintained as free flowing and
free of debris.
E. Table of Buffer Requirements. The buffer requirement is found by
locating the proposed use (district) in the left column. Each
adjacent land use (district) is identified across the top. Where
the row for the proposed use intersects the column for an adjacent
use, the letter identifying the required buffer is given.
For Agricultural uses (district), the Comprehensive Plan
designation for future uses shall be used in determining the
appropriate buffer.
Page 5 I?
ADJACENT USE (DISTRICT )
LAND USE (DISTRICT) R-2 ; OTHER I-1
R-1 R-3 R-4 ; LB BUSINESS; 1-2 RD P
R-2/R-3 A A B B C D A A
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
R-4 D B ; A B C ; C B ; B
$ , 1 1 1 1 1 ,
LB D B B A B C ; B ; B
OTHER BUSINESS D C C B ; A ; B ; B ; C
1-1/1-2 D D C C B - C ; C
a
RD D D , C B B C ; A ; A
P (INSTITUTIONAL) A A B B C C A ; -
LETTERS A THROUGH D ARE DESCRIBED IN SECTION 11.30 SUBDIVISION 20F
F. Description of Buffer Types. Buffer yards, through the use of
trees, shrubs, hedges, earth mounds, walls, fences or natural
barriers shall provide screening in the percentages stated below
for the length of the common yard and for a minimum height from
ground level to six (6) feet.
Requirement "A" is minimum 20% screen.
Requirement "B" is minimum 40% screen.
Requirement "C" is minimum 60% screen.
Requirement "D" is minimum 80% screen.
G. Plant Materials. All plant materials required within a specified
buffer yard shall be planted to completion within six months from
date of approval of the site plan and thereafter shall be
properly maintained.
H. Minimum Size of Plant Materials. Plant materials shall be at a
size as required in subdivision 17D.
I. Prohibited Species. Prohibited species shall be the same as those
defined in subdivision 24.
J. Waiver of Buffer Requirements. Buffer requirements may be waived
or modified by the City Planning Director where the intent is
otherwise satisfied by severe change in elevation, an existing
screen, extreme distance or similar circumstance.
Subd. 21. Unlawful Cutting of Trees or Shrubs
A. No person shall for the purpose of increasing or enhancing the
visibility of any building or sign, damage, trim, destroy, or
remove any trees, shrubs, or other vegetation unless the work is
done pursuant to the express written authorization of the City.
q ? Page 6
B. No person shall deface, destroy, remove, or injure any trees
located upon public property, including trees located within
public street right-of-way unless such removal is authorized by
the City.
Subd. 22. Protection of Large Trees
A. All existing trees, eight inches (8") in diameter or more (as
measured six (6") inches above grade), located upon private
property, shall not be removed except as follows:
1) The retention of such tree(s) would unreasonably burden the
development as determined by the City.
2) The tree(s) is diseased and needs to be removed.
B. No excavation or other subsurface disturbance shall be undertaken
within the drip line of any tree eight (8") inches in diameter or
more, and no impervious surface (including, but not limited to,
paving or buildings) may be located within 10 feet (measured from
the center of the trunk) of any tree eight (8") inches in diameter
or more unless compliance would unreasonably burden the
development. For purposes of this subsection, a drip line is
defined as a perimeter formed by the points farthest away from the
trunk of a tree where precipitation falling from the branches of
that tree lands on the ground.
Subd. 23. Street Trees
Trees located within the public right-of-way (boulevard area)
shall be planted and maintained in accordance with the provision
of Chapter 6.43 Section 7.08 of the City Code.
Subd. 24 Prohibited Tree Species
It shall be unlawful to introduce prohibited species to any lot or
land parcel where such trees are not naturally occurring or to
plant upon public land or right-of-way. Prohibited species are
defined as the following trees:
Gingko (female only)
Box elder
Non disease resistant elm species
Non hybrid cottonwood species.
Subd. 25 Prohibited Use of Trees
No tree shall be used for signs, permanent lighting, antennas or
similar use.
Page 7
q'q-
TREE/LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE ORDINANCES
Chapters/Sections
• 6.43 Tree Maintenance Contractors' Licensing
• 7.08 Regulation of Grass, Weeds, and Trees -
Street Right-Of-Way
• 10.20 Shade Tree Disease Control and Prevention
• 10.21 Planting and Maintenance of Trees and Grass on
Private Property
4q.
CHAPTER 6 OTHER BUSINESS REGULATION AND LICENSING
SECTION 6.43 TREE MAINTENANCE CONTRACTORS' LICENSING
Professional contractors hired to perform tree maintenance services
within the City of Eagan shall be required to obtain a license.
This procedure shall comprise the following steps:
A. Application. Application for a license under this
ordinance shall be made at the office of the City Clerk-
Treasurer.
B. Application Form. The application for a license shall
be made on a form approved by the city which shows, among
other things, the name and address of the applicant, the
number and names of employees of the applicant, the
number of vehicles of applicant, together with a
description and license number of each, and the type of
equipment proposed to be used.
C. Liability Insurance. No license or renewal shall be
granted nor shall the same be effective until the
applicant shall file with the City Clerk proof of a
public liability insurance policy covering all operations
of such applicant under this ordinance for the sum of at
least One Hundred Thousand and 00-100 ($100,000) Dollars,
1
against liability for bodily injuries to one person from
one accident, Three Hundred Thousand and 00-100
($300,000) Dollars for the injury of two or more persons,
and for at least Two Hundred Thousand and 00-100
($200,000) Dollars, against liability for damage or
destruction of property. Said policy shall provide that
it may not be cancelled by the insurer except after ten
(10) days written notice to the city, and if such
insurance is so cancelled and the licensee shall fail to
replace the same with another policy conforming to the
provisions of this ordinance, said license shall be
automatically suspended until such insurance shall have
been replaced.
D. Bond. Before being allowed to engage in business, the
applicant shall give a Twenty Five Hundred Dollar
($2,500) bond to the city which shall be approved in form
as to security by the city.
E. Worker's Compensation Insurance. Each license applicant
shall file with the City Clerk-Treasurer a Certificate
of Insurance of Worker's Compensation when such insurance
is required by state statute.
F. Chemical Treatment Requirements. Applicants who propose
to use chemical substances in any activity related to
2
?1.
treatment or disease control of trees and shrubs shall
file with the City Clerk-Treasurer proof that the
applicant or an employee of the applicant administering
such treatment has been certified by the Agronomy
Division of the Minnesota Department of Agriculture as
a "commercial pesticide applicator". Such certification
shall include knowledge of tree disease chemical
treatment.
G. Fees. The annual license fee shall be determined by
resolution of the city council.
CHAPTER 7 STREETS AND SIDEWALKS GENERALLY
SECTION 7.08 REGULATION OF GRASS, WEEDS AND TREES
Subd. 1 City to Control Tree Planting
A. It shall be unlawful to introduce prohibited species to
any lot or land parcel where such trees are not naturally
occurring. Prohibited species are defined as the
following trees:
Gingko (female only)
Box elder
Non disease resistant elm species
Non hybrid cottonwood species
3
B. The City shall have control and supervision of planting
shrubs and trees upon, or overhanging, all City streets
or other public property. The City shall establish and
enforce uniform standards relating to the kinds, types,
and sizes of trees to be planted, installation standards,
and the placement thereof. Said standards shall be on
file in the office of the Public Works Director.
C. Any owner or occupant of a lot or land parcel abutting
a public street shall, prior to the planting of trees
within the street right-of-way, obtain written permission
from the Public Works Director. Permits, when so issued,
shall identify the species to be planted, size, location
thereof, and timeline for installation. The Public Works
Director shall retain the authority to regulate,
authorize or deny any request for said permit in the
interest of ensuring the general orderliness of
improvements within street right-of-ways.
D. The placement of trees in public places, and streets
rights of way shall be in compliance with the following
City standards:
1. Trees shall not be planted within ten feet,
horizontally, of any sewer line, water line or
4
?3
driveway, or within four feet of any public trail
or sidewalk.
2. Trees shall not be planted within two feet,
horizontally, of any gas lines, electric lines,
phone lines, or cable television lines, except in
those specific cases where utility easements provide
for wider setback requirements.
3. Trees planted within a street right of way shall be
spaced no closer than 20 feet apart and must be at
least 10 feet from the back of curb in an urban
section or 20 feet from the curbline in a rural
section. In no cases shall prohibited species be
permitted within street rights of ways.
4. Trees, shrubbery, and other plant materials shall
not be planted or maintained, on public or private
property, in such a manner as to obscure or impede
the visual sightlines required to ensure the safe
and efficient circulation of vehicles and
pedestrians on streets, intersections, trails, and
sidewalks. Trees, shrubbery or other plant material
shall not be planted as to block the visibility of
any regulatory, warning, or street identification
sign, or block the illumination of street lights.
5
'??4
The Director of Public Works shall have the
authority to determine the minimal amount of
required setback and clear zones in such
circumstances. Property owners in violation of said
requirements shall be given seven (7) days from the
date of written notice to remove, relocate, or trim
all related plant materials in compliance with the
directives given therein. If any owner or occupant
fails to assume the responsibility of this section,
the city may proceed to order the work done in
accordance with Subdivision 3 of this chapter.
5. Overhanging branches of trees planted within street
rights of way shall, at the time of maturity, be at
least 13 1/2 feet above street surfaces and at least
8 feet above the ground for all other public places.
This requirement includes trees that are planted on
private property, but overhang within public areas
or rights of way. In no cases shall shrubbery or
low growing trees be permitted in public right-of-
ways.
6. The City may establish a master plan for street tree
planting. This plan shall be kept on file in the
office of the Public Works Director. The plan shall
identify those streets which have been designated
6
by the City Council for the planting of boulevard
trees. In accordance with the master plan,
reponsibility for the planting and maintenance of
boulevard trees shall be the responsibility of the
City of Eagan, except for new sub-divisions where
the sub-divider shall be responsible for planting
boulevard trees. The planting and maintenance of
trees within residential street rights of way, not
included in the City's master planning program,
shall be the responsibility of the abutting property
owner.
7. In cases where boulevards have been specifically
designated by the City for tree planting and
beautification, trees may be permitted within 10
feet of the curb line, but only when the planting
of such trees have been previously authorized by the
Public Works Director.
E. The City shall establish standards for the pruning,
spraying, fertilization, irrigation or other maintenance
of trees planted or located within the public right of
way. Such standards shall be kept on file in the office
of the Public Works Director and may be revised from time
to time upon recommendation of the City Forester.
7
F. It is unlawful for any person to deface, destroy, tamper
with, remove, or injure any trees on public property,
including trees within street rights of way.
G. A tree within a public right of way shall not be used for
signs, permanent lighting, television antennas, or other
inappropriate uses.
Subd. 2 Duty of Property owners to Cut and Maintain Grass and
Weeds within Street Rights Of Way
Every owner of property abutting on any street shall cause the
grass and weeds to be cut from the line of such property nearest
to such street to the center of such street. If the grass or weeds
in such a place attain a height in excess of six inches, it shall
be prima facie evidence of a failure to comply with this
subdivision.
Subd. 3 Duty of Property Owners to Maintain Trees Within Street
Rights of Way
Every owner of property abutting city street rights of way shall
in accordance with standards on file in the office of the Public
Works Director maintain, trim, fertilize and irrigate all living
8
5q
trees or remove any dead trees, from the line of such property
nearest to such street to the center of such street. It is the
lawful duty of citizens to follow such city standards, except in
those cases where the City has declared certain boulevards to be
under the maintenance jurisdiction of City departments.
Subd. 4 City May Order Work Done
If any such owner or occupant fails to assume the responsibility
of this section, and after notice given by the City has not within
seven days been complied with, the City may perform such work,
keeping an accurate account of the cost thereof for each lot,
piece, or parcel abutting upon such street.
Subd. 5 Assessment
When maintenance work is performed by the city as prescribed
herein, the Director of Public Works shall forthwith upon
completion thereof, ascertain the cost of such maintenance work.
The City Clerk-Treasurer, may at the next meeting, present such
information to the Council and obtain its approval thereof. When
council deems fitting, it may extend these maintenance costs as
herein stated as a special assessment against abutting land, and
such special assessments shall, at the time of certifying taxes to
9
59
the county auditor, be certified for collection as other special
assessments are certified and collected.
CHAPTER 10 PUBLIC PROTECTION, CRIMES, AND OFFENSES
SEC 10.20 SHADE TREE DISEASE CONTROL AND PREVENTION
Subd. 1 Policy and Purpose
The City has determined that the health of oak and elm trees is
threatened by fatal disases known as oak wilt and Dutch elm
disease. It has also been determined that the health of many tree
species may be threatened by diseases of an epidemic nature. It
has further been determined that the loss of oak, elm and other
trees threatened by epidemic diseases on public and private
property would substantially depreciate the value of property and
impair the safety, good order, general welfare, and convenience of
the public. It is declared to be the intention of the council to
control and prevent the spread of these diseases, and provide for
the removal of dead or diseased trees, herein defined as nuisances.
Subd. 2 Definitions
The following terms, as used in this section, shall have the
meanings stated:
10
A. "Shade Tree Disease" - Dutch elm disease, oak wilt
disease, or any other tree disease of an epidemic nature
as declared by the Council.
B. "Nuisance"
1. Any living or standing trees infected to any degree
with a shade tree disease.
2. Any logs, branches, stumps, or other parts of any
dead or dying tree so infected unless such parts
have been fully burned or treated under the
direction of the city forester or tree inspector.
3. Any standing dead trees or limbs on public or
private property which may threaten human health or
property.
C. "Forester" - A qualified person, holding a combination
of education and experience equivalent to a four year
college degree in Urban Forestry, hired to perform the
duties of the City Forester as designated by the Council.
The forester shall exercise the powers and duties
necessary to enforce the provisions of this ordinance.
The forester shall be a certified pesticide applicator
11
IVO
and a certified tree inspector under the laws of the
State of Minnesota. The powers and duties of the
forester may be assigned to other qualified persons in
his absence.
D. Duties of Forester
It is the duty of the forester to administer all
activities of the City relating to the control and
prevention of Dutch elm disease, oak wilt, and other
epidemic diseases of shade trees. Each year, the
forester shall recommend the details of a program for the
control of said diseases and shall perform the duties
incident to such a program. The forester shall also act
as liaison between the City and the public, keeping the
public informed of new changes, modifications or
developments related to City policies or tree
maintenance.
E. Duties of Tree Inspectors
It is the duty of tree inspectors, under direction and
control of the city forester to know the appropriate
Minnesota laws and rules relative to oak wilt, Dutch elm,
and other epidemic diseases of shade trees and to know
the approved control methods of these diseases. The
inspectors must know the proper method of collecting
samples for the purpose of diagnosing disease. The
12
61
inspector, when so designated, shall assist the city
forester in the planning and control of shade tree
diseases.
Subd. 3 Scope and Adoption by Reference
Minnesota Statutes, Section 18.023, is hereby adopted by reference,
together with the Rules and Regulations of the Minnesota
Commisioner of Agriculture relating to shade tree diseases;
provided, that this Section shall supersede such Statutes, Rules
and Regulations, only to the extent of inconsistencies.
Subd. 4 Unlawful Act
It is unlawful for any person to keep, maintain or permit, upon
premises owned by him or upon public property where he has the duty
of tree maintenance, any nuisance as herein defined.
Subd. 5 Inspection, Diagnosis and Abatement
It is the power and duty of the forester or tree inspector to enter
upon private property at any reasonable time for the purpose of
inspecting for, and diagnosing, and if necessary, abating shade
13
?2
tree disease. In the case of suspected shade tree disease, and in
the performance of his duties, the tree inspector or forester may
remove such specimens or samples as may be necessary or desirable
for diagnosis.
Subd. 6 Abatement of Nuisance
Abatement of a nuisance, defined herein, shall be by spraying,
removing, burning, or otherwise effectively treating the infected
tree or wood to prevent spread of shade tree disease. Such
abatement procedures shall be carried out in accordance with
current technical and expert methods and plans as may be designed
by the Commissioner of Agriculture of the State of Minnesota. The
City shall establish specifications for tree removal and disposal
methods consistent therewith. Such standards shall be kept on file
in the office of the City Forester and shall be revised from time
to time based on current research.
Subd. 7 Procedure for Removal of Trees and Wood
A. Whenever the City Forester or Tree Inspector finds, with
reasonable certainty, that the infection or danger of
infection exists in any tree or wood on any public or
private property, he shall proceed as follows:
14
0
1. If the tree inspector or forester finds that the
danger of infection of other trees is not imminent
because of dormancy of the shade tree disease, he
may choose to reinspect said tree either later the
same growing season or at the beginning of the
following growing season. If at that time the tree
has not recovered, the tree inspector or forester
shall proceed by abating the nuisance as a public
improvement under Minnesota Statute 429.
2. If the tree inspector or forester finds that danger
of infection to other trees is imminent, he shall
notify the owner of the property by certified mail
that the nuisance will be abated by a specific time,
not more than 20 days from the date of receipt of
such notice. After the expiration of the notice the
tree inspector may abate the nuisance.
3. If the tree inspector or forester finds with
reasonable certainty that immediate action is
required to prevent the spread of shade tree
disease, he may proceed to abate the nuisance
forthwith. When an outside contractor is hired to
abate said nuisance, that contractor must meet the
licensing requirements as stated in Sec. 7.08, Subd.
15
W
1, of the City code. The forester shall upon the
completion of the nuisance abatement, ascertain the
cost attributable to each lot. The City Clerk-
Treasurer shall certify to the County Auditor of
Dakota County a statement of the amount of the cost
incurred by the City. Such amount together with
interest shall be entered as a special assessment
against such lot or parcel of land and be collected
in the same manner as real estate taxes.
B. The Tree Inspector shall keep a record of the costs of
abatements done under this Subdivision and shall report
monthly to the city Clerk-Treasurer all work done for
which assessment are to be made stating and certifying
the description of the land, lots, parcels involved and
the amount chargeable to each.
C. On or before September 1 of each year, the City Clerk-
Treasurer shall list the total unpaid charges for each
abatement against each separate lot or parcel to which
they are attributable under this Section. The Council
may then spread the charges or any portion thereof
against the property involved as a special assessment
under Minnesota Statutes, Section 429.101 and other
16
l??
pertinent statutes for certification to the County
Auditor and collection the following year along with
current taxes.
D. No damage shall be awarded the owner for destruction of
any tree, wood or part thereof pursuant to this Section.
Subd. 8 Spraying Trees
A. Whenever the forester of tree inspector determine that
any tree or wood is infected or threatened with
infection, he may spray or treat all nearby high value
trees with an effective pesticide or fungicide or both.
Activities authorized by this subdivision shall be
conducted in accordance with current technical and expert
specifications or, where appropriate, the plans of the
Commissioner of Agriculture.
B. The notice and assessment provisions of Subdivision 7
apply to spraying and treatment operations conducted
under this Subdivision.
Subd. 9 Transporting Wood Prohibited
17
It is a petty misdemeanor for any person to transport any elm wood
into or through the City unless the same is debarked, or, in the
months of April, May or June, to transport any oak wood, without
having obtained a permit from the tree inspector. The tree
inspector shall grant such permits only when the purposes of this
Section will be served thereby.
Subd. 10 Interference Prohibited
It is unlawful for any person to prevent, delay or interfere with
the forester or tree inspector while they are engaged in the
performance of duties imposed by this Section.
Subd. 11 Diseased Trees in Streets
The rights, duties and responsibilities of property owners set
forth in this Section shall be equally applicable to, and binding
upon, abutting property owners with tree maintenance
responsibilities under Section 7.08 of the City Code entitled
"Regulation of Grass, Weeds and Trees".
18
67
qw-
Subd. 12 Subsidies
The duty of any property owner to bear the cost of removing or
maintaining trees, whether by private contract or assessment, may
be subject to a subsidy policy, if any, established by the City
for the treatment or removal of trees infected with shade tree
disease.
SEC. 10.21 PLANTING AND MAINTENANCE OF TREES AND GRASS ON
PRIVATE PROPERTY
Subd. 1 Purpose and Application
The regulations set forth in this Section are for the purpose of
protecting and promoting the public health, safety and general
welfare of the people of the City by regulating the planting and
maintenance of trees in order to protect trees and to prevent and
abate hazaradous and nuisance conditions within the City. This
Section applies to all private property at all times on a
continuing basis.
Subd. 2 Turfgrass Establishment
It is the primary responsibility of any owner or occupant of any
lot to establish suitable turfgrass on all maintained portions of
19
0
said property within a period of one full growing season from the
date of occupancy. In cases where turfgrass establishment is
required for the purposes of controlling erosion, the City may, at
its discretion, establish a shorter period of time for compliance
with this provision. Maintained areas are defined to include all
front and side lots and all rear portions of the lot which are
intended for private usage, occupation, and maintenance.
Subd. 3 City to Control Tree Planting
It shall be unlawful to introduce prohibited species to any lot or
land parcel whre such trees are not naturally occurring.
Prohibited species are defined as the following trees:
Gingko (female only)
Box elder
Non disease resistant elm species
Non hybrid cottonwood species
Subd. 4 Maintenance of Grass, Weeds, and Trees
It is the primary responsibility of any owner or occupant of any
lot or parcel of land to maintain any weeds or grass growing
thereon at a height of not more than six inches, to remove all
public health or safety hazards therefrom, to install or repair
water service lines thereon, and to treat or remove insect-
infested, diseased trees, or nuisance trees.
20 Vc1
Subd. 5 Shade Tree Diseases
A. It is unlawful for any peson to keep, maintain or permit, upon
premises owned by him or upon public property where he has the
duty of tree maintenance, any nuisance as defined in Section
10.20 "Shade Tree Disease Control and Prevention," of the City
Code.
B. Inspection, diagnosis and abatement of a nuisance shall be by
spraying, removing, burning, or otherwise effectively treating
the infected tree or wood in accordance with the procedures
and methods specified in Section 10.20 of the City Code.
Subd. 6 City to Perform Work
If any such owner or occupant fails to assume the primary
responsibility described in Subd. 2, Subd. 4, or Subd. 5 of this
section, and after notice given, has not complied within the
allowed time, the City may cause such work to be done and the
expenses thus incurred shall be a lien upon such real estate. The
City clerk-Treasurer shall certify to the County Auditor of Dakota
County a statement of the amount of the cost incurred by the City.
Such amount, together with interest, shall be entered as a special
21
-7 Q
assessment against such lot or parcel of land and be collected in
the same manner as real estate taxes.
17wp:treeordn.059
Rev. 3/29/90
22
01
MEMORANDUM
TO: ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
FROM: KEN VRAA, DIRECTOR OF PARKS AND RECREATION
DATE: APRIL 30, 1990
RE: SWIMMING POOL INFORMATION
Background The Advisory Commission expressed an interest at the last Advisory
Commission meeting regarding swimming pools and asked the Staff to provide information
pertaining to them. Attached are several articles about swimming that have come from
magazines and periodicals available to Staff. A review of these articles may give you a
good information base regarding pools, their design and operation.
Pool Cost Staff has made contact with several municipalities currently operating pools and
with a national supplier that provides filtration equipment to new pools. Unfortunately,
not all the information sought has arrived yet and some information is seriously outdated
and would have little value for the Commission. The Advisory Commission should be
made aware that the State of Minnesota is currently reviewing laws pertaining to pools,
pool designs and water sanitation which may affect future pool designs and construction
costs.
What Staff has found is that construction cost is principally the result of pool capacity
(that is, people capacity), water volume (which establishes the size of pool filtration
equipment, heaters, etc.) and design. The separation of the diving well from the main
pool will cost more, for example, than an L-shaped pool. Wading pools provide another
design cost element because of the need to have separate filtration equipment for them.
New construction for olympic size swimming pools which, is the standard size outdoor
swimming pool now being constructed, would range in cost from 1.6 to 2 million dollars
according to a knowledgeable source. This would include a modest bath house and
movable bulk head. Readings from other sources places the cost of new pool construction
for smaller pools closer to 1.2 to 1.6 million.
Besides original construction costs, Staff has discovered that retrofitting a swimming pool
seems to be a long term probability. The City of Edina has had two significant repairs
made to their pools in the last few years and is again looking at a major renovation. The
wading pool has been closed because of poor water sanitation.
f73
Re: Swimming Pool Information
April 30, 1990
Page 2
The City of Moorehead recently spent over $400,000 in pool repairs for their 30 year old
pool and the Apple Valley pool was renovated two years ago. St. Louis Park has had
recurring maintenance repair problems for its pool which is now approaching 20 years old
and is looking at a significant renovation project in the very near future.
Operational Cost As of this writing, Staff has received the operational budgets from the
cities of New Hope, Apple Valley, Edina and St. Louis Park. Others are still expected.
The St. Louis Park pool has had incomes of $57,629.00 in 1988 and $53,910.00 in 1989.
Expenses for those same two years were $69,751.00 and $70,152.00. This is a two year
average loss of $34,842.00.
Apple Valley has an operational budget of $63,718.00 in 1989 and $59,000.00 in 1990.
Pool revenues of $48,700 were recorded in 1988. In reporting these numbers, Apple
Valley staff indicated that operational cost did not include a cost allocation for supervision
by administration, start-up and shut-down costs or repairs as undertaken by their full time
parks maintenance personnel. The City of New hope and the City of Edina provided
some interesting attachments for the Commission.
In Summary, the Edina pool lost some $33,766.00 in 1987 and $11,058.00 in 1988. All
swimming pool operators reported that 1988 was a banner year for swimming pools
because of the hot weather in June. The 1989 revenues for Edina were $88,357.00 and
operational expenses of $111,570.00 or a net loss of $23,213.00. Edina pool does show
net revenues of $7,541.00 on concessions income.
Trends Trends toward "leisure pools", as was envisioned for the Eagan Community
Center, continues throughout the country. As the articles point out, swimming is a fun
experience and still ranks very high in the types of recreational experiences that people
desire. It was found that amenities that add to the fun experience of swimming led to
rebounds in pools attendance and profitability. Pools that have had to undergo retrofitting
have made every effort to add these types of fun amenities, i.e. water slides, spray bars,
etc. that make their pools more leisure oriented.
For Commission Action There is no action necessary by the Advisory Commission,
although direction by the Commission on how they would wish to proceed, if it so chooses,
is desired.
KV/nh
14
E
REPORT NBR. FSBR04
ACCOUNT NBR. DESCRIPTION
CITY OF EDINA
POOL INCOME AND EXPENSE REPORT
CONCESSIONS
OPERATING REVENUES
1989 1989 PREV
NOVEMBER Y-T-D Y-T-D
PAGE: 3
INCREASE PERCENT PROJECTED
DECREASE CHANGE BUDGET
26-3440-000-00 CONCESSION SALES 0.00 19 517.20 19 842.11 324.91- 1.63- 27000
TOTAL OPERATING REVENUE 0.00 19,517.20 19,842.11 324.91- 1.63- 27000
O PERATING EXPENSES
ADM INISTRATION EXPENSES
Personal Services
ACCOUNT NBR. DESCRIPTION 1989 1989 PREV INCREASE PERCENT PROJECTED
NOVEMBER Y-T-D Y-T-D DECREASE CHANGE BUDGET
26-4105-683-68 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0
26-4110-683-68 SALARY OT REG EMPLOY 0.00 0.00 682.24- 682.24 100.00- 400
26-4120-683-68 SALARY TEM EMPLOYEES 0.00 4,730.97- 6,889.04- 2,158.07 31.32- 6600
26-4130-683-68 SALARY OT TEMP EMPLO 0.00 93.60- 0.00 93.60-
- 0.00 0
Total Personal Services 0,00 4,824.57- 7,571.28- 21746.71 36.27-
Co ntractual Services
ACCOUNT NBR. DESCRIPTION 1989 1989 PREV INCREASE PERCENT PROJECTED
NOVEMBER Y-T-D Y-T-D DECREASE CHANGE BUDGET
26-4201-683-68 PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 200
26-4248-683-68 CONTRACTED REPAIRS 0.00 293.58- 164.94- 128.64- 77.99 400
26-4262-683-68 LAUNDRY 0.00 95.90- 0.00 95.90- 0.00 100
Total Contractual Services 0.00 389.48- 164.94- 224.54- 136.13 700
Commodities
ACCOUNT NBR. DESCRIPTION 1989 1989 PREV INCREASE PERCENT PROJECTED
NOVEMBER Y-T-D Y-T-D DECREASE CHANGE BUDGET
26-4504-683-68 GENERAL SUPPLIES 0.00 57.77- 1,006.29- 948.52 94.25- 200
26-4512-683-68 CLEANING SUPPLIES 0.00 54.67- 0.00 54.67- 0.00 200
26-4540-683-68 REPAIR PARTS 0.00 99.95- 155.88- 55.93 35.88- 250
26-4624-683-68 COST OF GOODS SOLD F 0.00 6,549.53- 10,308.93- 3,759.40 36.46- 9000
26-4642-683-68 SAFETY EQUIPMENT 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0
Total Commodities 0.00 6,761.92- 11,471.10- 4,709.18 41.05- 9650
TOTAL ADMINISTRATION 0.00 11,975.97- 19,207.32- 7,231.35 37.64- 17350
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES 0.00 11,975.97- 19,207.32- 7,231.35 0.00 17350
CONCESSIONS INCOME: 0.00 7,541.23 634.79 6,906.44 1087.98 9650
? zsaaxzaazzaz xzazaxazaxzzaaxzx=azzz=xazaexzaasxzaxx=saazx zaaaaxzzsxxaazasasasaz:
(v
N\
REPORT NBR. FSBR04
ACCOUNT NBR
26-3230-000-00
26-3405-000-00
26-3415-000-00
DESCRIPTION
RENTAL OF PROPERTY
GENERAL ADMISSIONS
SEASON TICKETS
TOTAL OPERATING REVENUE
CITY OF EDINA
POOL INCOME AND EXPENSE REPORT
OPERATING REVENUES
1989 1989 PREV
NOVEMBER Y-T-D Y-T-D
41
PAGE: 1
INCREASE PERCENT PROJECTED
DECREASE CHANGE BUDGET
0.00 4,218.00 3,595.00 623.00 17.32 7500
0.00 54,242.41 21,153.13 33,089.28 156.42 22000
0.00 29 896.66 63 181.66 33,285.00- 52.68- 67000
0.00 88,357.07 87,929.79 427.28 0.48 96500
aasssaas=ass=sssas=====a=s=ss=as=aa==as==s=as=ass==s=sssa saas-----==a= xasxasxs=
OPERATING EXPENSES
ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES
Personal Services
ACCOUNT NBR. DESCRIPTION
1989 1989 PREV INCREASE PERCENT PROJECTED
NOVEMBER Y-T-D Y-T-D DECREASE CHANGE BUDGET
26-4100-681-68 PERSONAL SERVICES 275.00- 3,025.00- 3,300.00- 275.00 8.33- 3600
26-4105-681-68 SALARY REGULAR EMPLO 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0
26-4110-681-68 SALARY OT REG EMPLOY 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0
26-4120-681-68 SALARY TEM EMPLOYEES 0.00 48,743.74- 53,243.14- 4,499.40 8.45- 50000
26-4130-681-68 SALARY OT TEMP EMPLO 0.00 978.16- 2,255.47- 1,277.31 56.63- 400
26-4144-681-68 Other Pay 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0
Total Personal Services 275.00- 52,746.90- 58.798.61- 6,051.71 10.29- 54000
Contractual Services
ACCOUNT NBR. DESCRIPTION
1989 1989 PREV INCREASE PERCENT PROJECTED
NOVEMBER Y-T-D Y-T-D DECREASE CHANGE BUDGET
26-4202-681-68 CONFERENCE & SCHOOLS 0.00 0.00 70.00- 70.00 100.00- 150
26-4204-681-68 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0
26-4208-681-68 MILEAGE OR ALLOWANCE 0.00 0.00 134.72- 134.72 100.00- 150
26-4214-681-68 ADVERTISING OTHER 0.00 288.00- 0.00 288.00- 0.00 400
26-4216-681-68 PROF SERVICES AUDIT 0.00 150.00- 150.00- 0.00 0.00 150
26-4260-681-68 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0
26-4290-681-68 POSTAGE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 25
Total Contractual Services 0.00 438.00- 354.72- 83.28- 23.47 875
Commodities
ACCOUNT NBR. DESCRIPTION
1989 1989 PREV INCREASE PERCENT PROJECTED
NOVEMBER Y-T-D Y-T-D DECREASE CHANGE BUDGET
26-4516-681-68
26-4600-681-68
26-4642-681-68
26-4802-681-68
26-4808-681-68 OFFICE SUPPLIES
PRINTING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
CENTRAL SERVICE GENE
EQUIPMENT OPERATION 0.00
0.00
0.00
200.00-
150.00- 64.98-
1,046.00-
240.89-
2,200.00-
1,650.00- 0.00
1,394.46-
410.07-
1.925.00-
3,905.00- 64.98-
348.46
169.18
275.00-
2,255.00 0.00
24.98-
41.25-
14.28
57.74- 100
800
250
2400
4000
Total Commodities 350.00- 5,201.87- 1,634.53- 2,432.66 31.86- 7550
TOTAL ADMINISTRATION 625.00- 58,386.77- 66,787.86- 8,401.09 12.57- 62425
01
EDINA MUNICIPAL POOL REVENUES
YEAR SEASON TICKETS GENERAL ADMISSIONS RENTALS
1988 $63,413,81 $27,139.00 $7,683.00
1987 63,181.66 21,150.88 7,720.00
1986 50,241.59 19,380.94 9,198.00
1985 46,911.00 14,647.00 6,904.00
1984 46,773.00 17,699.00 7,715.00
1983 41,509.00 19,344.00 5,000.00
1982 40,129.00 15,137.00 5,000.00
1981 39,337.00 10,830.00 5,000.00
1980 32,469.00 11,932.00 5,000.00
1979 30,166.00 9,295.00 5,000.00
1978 30,519.00 8,913.00 5,000.00
1977 29,344.00 6,028.00 5,000.00
1976 31,618.00 6,266.00 5,880.00
1975 30,457.50 6,121.55 2,000.00
EDINA MUNICIPAL POOL
CONCESSION
YEAR LESS COST OF GOODS SOLD
1988 $11,685.23
1987 10,408.18
1986 12,094.18
1985 9,772.00
1984 12,368.00
1983 12,267.00
1982 10,851.00
1981 5,914.00
1980 7,979.00
1979 6,475.00
1978 6,557.00
1977 5,909.00
1976 6,733.00
1975 4,486.07
99
CITY OF EDINA
MUNICIPAL POOL SALARY
TOTALS
E$
YE
1988
$48.136.01
1987 47,602.61
1986
1985 41,804.00
1984 42,491.00
1983 41,893.00
1982 40,460.00
1981 41,081.00
1980 37,687.00
1979 32,577.00
1978 32,705.00
1977 31,672.00
1976 30,704.00
1975 29,339.64
'l ?
CITY OF EDINA
INCOME AND EXPENSES
FOR
SWIMMING POOL
YEAR I NCOME EXPENSES
1988 ($11,058.00)
1987 ( 33,766.07)
1986 ( 8,871.00)
1985 ( 30,196.00)
*1984 ( 12,541.00) before federal aid
1983 ( 21,823.00)
1982 ( 30,096.00)
1981 ( 24,071.00)
1980 ( 10,192.00)
1979 ( 10,417.00)
1978 ( 13,376.00)
1977 ( 14,882.00)
1976 ( 6,873.00)
1975 ( 11,082.98)
30
SEASON TICKET PRICES
1986
TYPE II SOLD PRICE EACH TOTAL
Resident Individual 173 $ 25.00 $ 4,325.00
Resident Family 988 40.00 39,520.00
Non-Resident Individual 31 30.00 930.00
Non-Resident Family 214 45.00 9,630 00
TOTAL $ 54,405.00
1987
TYPE It SOLD PRICE EACH TOTAL
Resident Individual 174 $ 28.00 $ 4,872.00
Resident Family 1051 44.00 46,244.00
Non-Resident Individual 56 33.00 1,848.00
Non Resident Family 283 50.00 14,150.00
TOTAL
$
67,114.00
1988
TYPE # SOLD PRICE EACH TOTAL
Resident Individual 163 $ 28.00 $ 4,564.00
Resident Family 885 44.00 38,940.00
Non-Resident Individual 93 33.00 3,069.00
Non-Resident Family 260 50.00 13,000.00
May 7,576.00
TOTAL
$
67,149.00
1989
TYPE- # SOLD PRICE EACH TOTAL
Resident Individual 125 $ 30.00 $ 3,750.00
Resident Family 983 46.00 45,218.00
Non-Resident Individual 76 36.00 2,736.00
Non-Resident Family 205 54.00 11 07000
TOTAL $-62,774f-0-0-
S(
1990 Municipal Pool Survey
Crystal
$36.00 - Resident Family Season Ticket
$23.00 - Resident Single Season Ticket
$46.00 - Non-resident Family Season Ticket
$28.00 - Non-resident Single Season Ticket
$ 2.00 - Daily Admission
No guard at wading pool.
St. Louis Park
$34.00 - Resident Family Season Ticket
$22.00 - Resident Single Season Ticket
$38.00 - Non-resident Family Season Ticket
$27.00 - Non-resident Single Season Ticket
$ 1.75 - Daily Admission
One guard on duty at wading pool.
Bloomington
$14.00 Family Membership + $8.00 per person user fee plus
tax.
No Non-resident Fee
$ 2.00 - Daily Admission (Asked for either $1.50 or $1.75
-- up to council.)
No guard on duty at wading pool.
Edina
$46.00 - Resident Family Season Ticket
$30.00 - Resident Single Season Ticket
$54.00 - Non-resident Family Season Ticket
$36.00 - Non-resident Single Season Ticket
$ 2.50 - Daily Admission
One guard on duty at wading pool.
Richfield
$36.00 - 2 Family Members (Season Pass)
$ 6.00 - Each Additional Family Member
$60.00 - Maximum
$25.00 - Individual
$ 2.00 - Daily Admission 1:00-6:00 p.m.
$ 1.00 - After 6:00 p.m.
Day Care Tickets - In-home providers must purchase a family
pass plus $5.00 per day care child.
Commercial provider pays $25.00 plus
$5.00 per day care child.
Not transferable if a child leaves day
care.
No guard at wading pool.
New Hope
$39.00 - Resident Family Season Ticket
$25.00 - Resident Single Season Ticket
$49.00 - Non-resident Family Season Ticket
$30.00 - Non-resident Single Season Ticket
$ 2.00 - Daily Admission
No guard at wading pool.
g C??
4401 Xylon Avenue North New Hope, Minnesota 55428 Phone: 533-1521
ZF
OQ
?ly H
April 23, 1990
Ken Vraa, Director
Eagan Parks and Recreation
3830 Pilot Knob Road
Eagan, Minnesota 55122
Dear Ken,
Enclosed you'll find the expenditure and revenue sheets for 1987,
1988 and 1989 for the New Hope Pool. As I said, the pool is part
of the general fund, so there are no profit and loss statements,
as such, for the facility. In our process, all expenditures are
charged against the pool including all labor charges. The only
things that aren't charged against the pool are CIP, the bond,
and depreciation.
You may want to caution anyone reading these reports that our
pool is 26 years old. The bond is not paid off, but we are very
close to the end of that. These reports do not reflect the bond
or depreciation or CIP. We haven't had any what you might call
"major" CIP expenses, with the exception of the new bathhouse and
equipment building. These are being built only because the
citizens voted to build a new fire station and the only place in
town that the fire station could be located is where the
bathhouse used to set. The facility was in excellent shape.
Just for your information I've enclosed some reports that we do
on an annual basis. These graphs do not reflect any
expenditures. They do show the decline in attendance over the
years, though. Receipts go up because of fee increases, of
course. I've enclosed the fees for 1990 (on the pool ticket
application).
If you have further questions, don't hesitate to call me. Our
Council is behind the pool 100% but I'm not sure they'd vote to
build one again. It is a drain, but it is well-run and, so,
well-regarded by the City and surrounding communities.
Sincerely,
Shari French,
Parks and Recreation Director
Family Styled City A?? For Family Living P
CITY OF NEW HOPE
ANNUAL OPERATING BUDGET - 1990
GENERAL FUND FUND NO. 01
DEPT. SWIMMING POOL EXP. CODE 28
OBJECT 1988 1989 1989 1990 1990
NO.
- OBJECT
-------------------------- ACTUAL
-------------- BUDGETED
----------- ESTIMATED
---------- REQUESTED
------------- APPROVED
---------
-----
4103 --
SALARIES, PARTTIME -
18,945 49,943 49,943 53,683
4104 SALARIES, TEMPORARY 29,422
4107 LABOR POOL 10,400 10,400
----- 11,250
-
TOTAL PERSONAL ------------
$48,367
--
------ ----------
$60,343
--
----
-- ------
$60,343
----------- -----------
-
$64,933
------------- ---------
$0
--
-
4201
GENERAL OFFICE SUPPLIES --
--
28 -
-
50
50
50 -
-----
4202 COPYING SUPPLIES 11
4210 OPERATING SUPPLIES 3,615 2,400 2,100 2,100
4216 CHEMICAL PRODUCTS 4,152 4,000 4,300 4,300
4218 OTHER OPERATING SUPPLIES 5
4250 MERCH. FOR RESALE-GENERAL 5,264 8,000 8,000 8,000
4254 MERCH. FOR RESALE-POP 427
-
--
---
------
-
-
-------------
---------
TOTAL SUPPLIES ----------
-
$13,502
------------ -
-
---
$14,450
---------- -
--
$14,450
----------- $14,450
------------- s0
---------
4301 AUDITING SERVICES 300 300 300
4305 MEDICAL SERVICES
------------ 500
---------- 500
----------- 500
-------------
---------
TOTAL PROFESSIONAL SERV. s0
-
--------- $800
--------- $800
----
------ $800
------------- s0
---------
4322 TELEPHONE --
617 -
500 -
650 650
4323 POSTAGE 10 10 10
4325 ALARM SERVICE
------------ 200
---------- 200
----------- 200
-------------
---------
TOTAL COMMUNICATION $617 $710 $860 $860 $0
4354 OTHER OTHER PRINTING 281 250 250 250
TOTAL PRINTING ------------
$281
------------ ----------
$250
----
---- -----------
$250
----
----
- -------------
$250
------------- ---------
$0
---------
4361 GEN. LIABILITY INSURANCE 3,797
------------ -
-
2,500
---------- -
-
3,800
----------- 3,800
-------------
---------
TOTAL INSURANCE $3,797 $2,500 $3,800 $3,800 $0
4381 ELECTRIC UTILITIES 3,516 3,500 3,500 3,500
4382 WATER/SEWER 2,241 4,000 2,400 2,400
4383 GAS UTILITIES 4,854 7,500 7,500 7,500
4384 REFUSE UTILITIES 350
------------ 500
---------- 650
----------- 650
-------------
---------
TOTAL UTILITIES $10,961
------------ $15,500
---------- $14,050
----
-
-
-- $14,050
------------- s0
4400
GENERAL REPAIRS
1,892
2,500 -
-
-
2,500
2,500 ---------
TOTAL CONTRACTUAL REPAIRS $1,892 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 s0
4415 MISC. EQUIP. RENTAL 100 100
gb
CITY OF NEW HOPE
ANNUAL OPERATING BUDGET - 1990
GENERAL FUND FUND NO. 01
DEPT. SWIMMING POOL EXP. CODE 28
OBJECT 1988 1989 1989 1990 1990
NO.
------
------ OBJECT
---------------------- ACTUAL
--------------- BUDGETED
---------- ESTIMATED
----------- REQUESTED
------------- APPROVED
---------
TOTAL
RENTAL ------------
$0 ----------
$100 -----------
$100 -------------
$0 ---------
SO
4435 BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS 7
-
---
---------
TOTAL TRAINING & SUBSCRIP. ------------
$7 ----------
SO -----------
SO ------
---
SO $0
4530 IMP. OHER THAN BUILDINGS 418 1,400 1,400
--- 600
---------
-
---------
TOTAL CAPITAL ------------
$418 ----------
$1,400 -
-------
$1,400 --
-
S600 SO
TOTAL OPERATING BUDGET $79,842 $98,553 $98,553 $102,243 SO
CITY OF NEW HOPE
CITY OF NEW HOPE-GENERAL FUND
SCHEDULE OF EXPENDITURES-BUDGET AND ACTUAL
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1988 AND 1987
1988 1988 1987
BUDGET
------------------ ACTUAL
--------------- ACTUAL
-------------
PARKS
PERSONAL SERVICES $234,928.00 $212,758.87 $224,124.53
SUPPLIES 38,900.00 33,041.27 29,821.89
OTHER SERVICES & CHARGES 91,606.00 90,102.07 93,584.66
CAPITAL 5,250.00
------------------ 3,207.97
--------------- 2,600.19
-------------
TOTAL PARKS $370,684.00
------------------ $339,110.18
-------------- $350,131.27
--------------
SWIMMING POOL
PERSONAL SERVICES $57,707.00 $48,367.23 $58,889.55
SUPPLIES 11,325.00 13,502.90 12,858.37
OTHER SERVICES & CHARGES 25,910.00 17,565.76 17,298.18
CAPITAL 1,650.00
----------------- 418.20
--------------- 2,961.31
--------------
TOTAL POOL $96,592.00
----------------- $79,854.09
--------------- $92,007.41
--------------
OTHER FUNCTIONS
PERSONAL SERVICES
SUPPLIES
OTHER SERVICES & CHARGES $137,529.00 $104,077.58 $109,019.23
CAPITAL
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL OTHER FUNCTIONS $137,529.00 $104,077.58 $109,019.23
----------------------------------------------
TRANSFERS TO OTHER FUNDS 508,579.99 10,422.00
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL EXPENDITURES
$4,789,343.00 $4,928,485.11 $4,216,822.91
2
CITY OF NEW HOPE
CITY OF NEW HOPE-GENERAL FUND
SCHEDULE OF EXPENDITURES-BUDGET AND ACTUAL
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1989 AND 1988
1989 1989 1988
BUDGET ACTUAL ACTUAL
PARKS
PERSONAL SERVICES $228,319.00 $219,657.05 $212,758.87
SUPPLIES 37,150.00 29,286.71 33,041.27
OTHER SERVICES & CHARGES 107,734.00 104,991.44 90,102.07
CAPITAL 4,400.00 4,548.69 3,207.97
TOTAL PARKS $377,603.00 $358,483.89 $339,110.18
SWIMMING POOL
PERSONAL SERVICES $60,343.00 $64,928.42 $48,367.23
SUPPLIES 14,450.00 12,989.40 13,502.90
OTHER SERVICES i CHARGES 22,360.00 19,806.58 17,565.76
CAPITAL 1,400.00 1,177.37 418.20
TOTAL POOL $98,553.00 $98,901.77 $79,854.09
OTHER FUNCTIONS
PERSONAL SERVICES
SUPPLIES
OTHER SERVICES & CHARGES $146,938.00 $234,939.41 $105,603.38
CAPITAL
TOTAL OTHER FUNCTIONS $146,938.00 $234,939.41 $105,603.38
TRANSFERS TO OTHER FUNDS $508,579.99
TOTAL EXPENDITURES $5,123,982.00 $4,865,751.45 $4,920,684.95
:ssss:sssssssss:ss:ssasssss::ssss:s:asssssssa
(6?
7 1
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
POOL ATTENDANCE
NEW HOPE MUNICIPAL POOL
'65 '66 '67 '68 '69 '70 '71 '72 '73 '74 '75 '76 '77 '78 '79 '80 '81 '82 '83 '84 '85 '86 '87 '88 '89 '90 '91
SWIMMING POOL RECEIPTS & ATTENDANCE
GATE RECEIPTS CONCESSION RECEIPTS
1965 16,737.38 1 2,977.17
1966 12,731.33 6,983.80
1967 12,691.50 6,200.91
1968 10,051.50 6,251.17
1969 11,779.59 5,850.10
1970 10,582,01 7,504.54
1971 9,426.90 7,027.92
1972 8,159.09 6,442.34
1973 9,074.54 7,769.77
1974 9,550.33 5,457.98
1975 10,521.74 6,434.98
1976 12,021.25 5,213.17
1977 7,875.00 3,754.53
1978 11,227.85 4,711.05
1979 9,817.51 5,623.70
1980 11,546.46 6,212.40
1981 13,834.85 5,800.23
1982 . 16,976.90 6,967.36
1983 14,950.10 6,991.20
1984 13,673.90 8,013.00
1985 11.809.00 7,326.92
1986 15,238.50 9,847.90
1987 19,646.00 11,606.86
1988 26,120.10 12,905.56
1989 23,070.00 10,448.29
1990
1991
;
ATTENDANCE
65,324
134,769
124,469
122,664
118,279
141,300
112,959
112,246
141,475
85,363
78,519
76,738
45,205
52,139
40,215
49,107
44,952
44,076
43,960
40,415
34,747
42,132
48,306
55,188
44,449
C
D
D
D
m
v
H
r
Nr
n
n
to
n
n
Nn
n
n
-4
n
o
n
M
9.3
a ?a
- z
yy
a 67
10
10
10
N
b
• N .+ a a e w ?O N ^ N .4
a:?Toa fe ?°? '
Jam.
O a aD N sD %n v n m -4 0 0 a w 10 in r n N -+ o
ss.TTea ;o spassnoau
-^?? r • y.I r f .. .. . _ .?_ _.... ? .. .. .. ... _y.:??i?f i????.. ,. .,.?_?ia y?Ye.S? jL??Y., ?,
90BUD35 CITY OF APPLE VALLEY
1990 BUDGET
DEPT: POOLS - 35 ACCOUNT DETAIL
FUND: GENERAL - 01
----------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION ------------------
1989 -------------
1990 ------------ ------------
1990
ADOPTED DEPT ADM•
I COU
NCIL
--------------------------------
----"----------- BUDGET PROP REC. ADOPTED
12
4120 Salaries - Temporary Employees
--"__ -"--_"_"- --- """""-" "-'- ------------
---------
13
4130 Overtime - Temporary Employees 48,293 44,413 44,413 44,413
14
4141 Medicare 0
0
0
0
15 4143 Pensions - PERA 700 669 66 669
16 4144 FICA 0 0 0
0 0
17 0 0 0 0
18
19 TOTAL PERSONNEL EXPENSES ------------ - ----------"
-
----------- -
-----------
20 -------
----------------------------------------
---------- 48,993 45,082 45,082 45,0882
21 --
4200 CONSULTING SERVICE -----------------
-
"""'""-"'
---
------------
------------
22
23 200 200 200 200
24 ADJUST
25 BUDGET, Current
26 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx
xxxxx
27 TOTAL ------------ -- ---------- -- -----
- - -------
28
------------------------------------------------------
200
200 200 200
9 -----
4220 PRINTING/PUBLISHING -----------
-
-
--
____
__---_
____________
------------
30 As Needed
31 200 250 250 250
32
33 ADJUST
34 BUDGET, Current
35 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx
xxxxx
36
36 TOTAL ------------ -- ---------- -- ---------- - -----------
37 ------------------------------------------------------ ?? 250 250
38
___
---
4240 REPAIRS - EQUIPMENT
_
___________
___
___--_
----
--
------
-
-- __
-------
39 Pumps, Filters, Wiring and Lighting
40 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
41
42
43 ADJUST
44 BUDGET, Current
45
5 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx
4
46
TOTAL ------------ --- ---------
---
---------
--
-
---------
46 - ------
-------------------------------------- 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
48 -----
4250 CONF/SCHLS/EXPNES - LOCAL ---------
49 As Needed
50 500 500 500 500
51
52 ADJUST
53 BUDGET, Current
54 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx
xxxxx
55 TOTAL -----------
- --- --------- --- ----- -- ----------
56 -
--------------------------------------------------
---------- 500
---------_
500 500 500
90BUD35 CITY OF APPLE VALLEY
1990 BUDGET
ACCOUNT DETAIL
DEPT: POOLS - 35
FUND: GENERAL - 01
1989 1990 1990 1990
ACC'T DESCRIPTION ADOPTED DEPT
.
ADM. COUNCIL
------
------------------------------ B
UDGET PROP REC ADOPTED
57
4270 --------------------
MILEAGE/AUTO ALLOWANCES -------------------- ------------- ------------ ---------
58 Pool Coordinator
59 Maint. Supervisor
60 Total of 750 N .24 Adjust 225 180 180 180
61
62
63 ADJUST
64 BUDGET, Current xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx
65 ------------ - ----------- - ----------- ------------
66 TOTAL 225 180 180 180
67 ------ -------------------------------------------------- ------------------ -- ----------- -- ------------ -------------
68 4300 RENTAL EXPENSE
69 As Needed 100 100 100 100
70
71
72 ADJUST
73 BUDGET, Current xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx
74 ----------- - ----------- - ----------- ------------
75 TOTAL 100 100 100 100
76 ------ -------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------- ------------ -------------
77 4410 SMALL TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
78 Snack Bar Equipment previously acct 4522 500 500
79
80
81
82 ADJUST
83 BUDGET, Current xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx
84 ------------ - ----------- - ----------- ------------
85 TOTAL 0 0 500 500
86 ------- ------------------------------------------------- ------------------- - ------------ - ------------ -------------
87 4431 CHEMICALS
88 Cleaning, Fluid
89 Chlorine ) 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000
90 Caustic Soda
91 Insecticide
92 Miscellaneous )
93
94
95
96 ADJUST
97 BUDGET, Current ., xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx
98 ------------ - ----------- - ----------- ------------
99 TOTAL 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000
100 ------- ------------------------------------------------- ------------------- - ------------ - ------------ -------------
101
90BUD35 CITY OF APPLE VALLEY
1990 BUDGET
ACCOUNT DETAIL
DEPT: POOLS - 35
FUND:
------ GENERAL - 01
----------------------------------
----- -------------------------------
1989 -------------
1990 ------------
1990 ------------
1990
ACCT DESCRIPTION ADOPTED DEPT I
ADM. COUNCIL
-------
------- BUDGET PROP REC. ADOPTED
102
4440 -------------------------------
EQUIPMENT - PARTS ------------------------------- ------------- ------------ -------------
103
104
105 Parts 500 500 0 0
106
107 ADJUST
108
BUDGET, Current
xxxxx
xxxxx
xxxx
109 ------- - ------ - ----------- ------------
100 TOTAL 500 500
111 ------- --------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------- ------------ -------------
112 4450 GENERAL SUPPLIES
113 Kickboards )
114 Lifeguard Equipment ) 1,000 750 1,250 1,250
115 Instructional Material
116
117
118 ADJUST
119 BUDGET, Current xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx
120 ------------ - ----------- - ----------- ------------
121 TOTAL 1,000 750 1,250 1,250
122 ------- --------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------- ------------ -------------
123 4520 C. OUTLAY/Office Furn
124 Office Furniture
125
126
127
128 ADJUST
129 BUDGET, Current xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx
130 ------------ - ----------- - ----------- ------------
131 TOTAL 0 0 0 0
132 ------- --------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------- ------------ -------------
133 4522 C. OUTLAY/Other Items
134 Snack Bar Equipment 1990 move to 4410 1,000 500 0 0
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142 ADJUST
143 BUDGET, Current xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx
144
------- -
----'"-- -
----------
-----------
145 TOTAL 1,000 500 0 0
146 ------- --------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------- ------------ ----"'------
I
90BUD35 CITY OF APPLE VALLEY
1990 BUDGET
DEPT: POOLS - 35 ACCOUNT DETAIL
FUND: GENERAL - 01
----------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION -----
------------------
1989
ADOPTED
-------------
1990
-------------
------------
1990
DEPT ADM.
I CO
I
- ---------
-----------------------
BUDGET
-
PROP UNCIL
147
4854 TAXABLE MISC FOR RESALE ------------
-------- -- ----------- -- ------------
'------------
148
149 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000
150
151
152 ADJUST
153 BUDGET, Current
154 xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx
xxxxx
135 TOTAL ------------ - -----------
156 -----------------------------------------------------
8,000
------
-
8,000
8,000
8,000
157 --------
159 TOTAL NET OF PERSONNEL
160 14,723 13,980
13,980
13,980
161 TOTAL EXPENSES
162 $63,718
$59,062
$59,062
$59,062
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
'45:.'y41 Ca•.?•
..try ?
Rosemeade Park
Swimming Complex
Carrollton, TX
Schrickel, Rollins and Associates Inc.
Arlington, TX
Consultant: Lawrence E. Hans and
Associates
San Antonio, TX
Cost: $2 million
Square Feet: 54,588
Occupancy: April 1987
The entire pool complex Is
wrrounded by decorative steel
fencing and landscaped buffers.
78 - ATHLETIC BUSINESS, tune, 1989
T he Rosemeade Swimming
Complex reflects the park
department's belief that Car-
roliton's fecreation places
should engender pride in the com-
munity. The park director guided
early planning of the swimming
complex to serve as apleasant place
for family recreation, as well as an
efficient facility for education, train-
ing and competition.
Visitors enter the complex via a
covered walkway that cocnects the
administrative offices and the bath
house. The use of rough-sawn cedar
and cedar-shake roofs suggest a
park environment.
An elevated terrace with patio fur-
niture overlooks the pool areas and
provides an area for casual activity.
One arm of this terrace extends into
S
the pool areas and is surrounded on
three sides by stepped deck levels
for sunbathing or observing aquatic
events.
Visitors may purchase refresh-
ments at a self-serve concession un-
der the shade of a wooden over-
head lattice structure. Shade trees
flank the ramp and stairways that
connect the terrace and deck.
Separate pools serve various ac-
tivities and age groups. The wading
pool is for small children, the train-
ing pool is for student swimmers,
and the eight-lane, 50-meter pool
with a 25-metes.cross course is for
competition and general recreation.
There also is a diving well, facili-
tating greater safety and control,
with 1- and 3-meter springboards
and a 5-meter platform.
l1
V
fog
A-Waraft'
(xilitatea heater safety
snd coMrol.lhe raised ...
=
terrace in the back- q,
A curving shade shelter comPie- ground is surrounded by
planters and stepped
snents the arc of the children's sunning decks that
Wading pool. Decorative steel
ff
d b double as stadium-style
u
ers
forcing and landscape seating for aquatic
uparale this activity from the events. ?s
Wmissions area of the swiw
ming complex. w
E
Reflectivity from the
large surface area of
the pool decks is
reduced by a combina-
tion of buff-colored
concrete and wide
bands of inlaid pavers
that surround each
Pte.
ATHLETIC BUSINESS, June, 1989 - 79
ag s
•
Newmarket
Recreation
Noel Complex
Town of Newmarket,
Region of York,
Ontario, Canada
Smith & Milne Architects Inc.
Newmarket, Ontario, Canada
Cost: $3.6 million (Canadian)
Square Feet: 34,000
Occupancy: November 1988
The main pool In the Newmarket
Recreation Pool Complex Is covered
by an octa*on-shaped ceiling made
of Douglas fir.
70 - ATHLETIC BUSINESS, tune, 1989
T he Newmarket Pool Recrea-
tion Complex was designed
as an entertainment center
for 265 users with the focus
on family activity.
As the Majority of users are not
•,,wnmmers in the competitive sense,
.the design incorporates a larger
shallow area in the main tank, a
child's wading pool, a swirlpool, a
sauna and a 17-foot-high slide.
The main tank is wide enough for
swim lanes along the sides to allow
for full use of six lanes. A 1-meter
diving tank area is incorporated to
facilitate diving, synchronized
swimming and scuba activities. The
135-foot-long slide offers a great
incentive year-round to young and
old alike.
All areas in the facility are barrier-
,free, offering the handicapped in-
door and outdoor access. A separ-
ate on-deck room for handicapped
users who cannot assist themselves
in changing is provided.
The heating system utilizes a Drj
0-Tron ventilating unit that also
heats the pool water. The filter is a
vacuum diatomaceous earth unit
for the large pool. All chemicals are
.monitored electronically.
Masonry and steel joists were, used as construction materials. The
main pool was spanned by 113-foot-
long Douglas fir boards that were
glue-laminated into an octagonal
shape. The metal deck is clad with
4-inch rigid insulation.
To meet the severe weather con-
ditions of southern Ontario, an R-20
factor was maintained throughout.
The interior consists of painted
block, carpeting and sheet vinyl.
The deck for the pool is 2-by-2-inch
ceramic tile.
The overall design appeals to the
non-user-the patron who has not
frequented a public pool as a rec-
reational activity. Judging by its
capacity use, this goal has been
achieved.
i? kph Y( r ? r.
Elyrle North Park
Sports Complex
111Y0119 ON
Wykoff-Landig and Associates Inc.
Elyria, OH
Cost: $1.8 million
Square Feet: 34,640
Occupancy: November 1987
The ice rink
features Infraray
heated stands that
accommodate 500
spectators.
T he new complex at Elyria's
North Recreation Park was
commissioned to replace
an existing open-air ice
rink, and deteriorating bathhouse
and pool facilities.
The facility, designed to extend
the ice skating season by partially
enclosing the new ice rink, also fea-
tures new pools and a bathing
house designed to function as both
a winter and summer activities
building, housing locker rooms, a
concession stand, first aid and
equipment rooms, and offices.
The roofed, three-sided structure,
with a bermed north elevation sub-
T
cluing Lake Erie.winds, allows a con-
tinuous summer/winter activities
program consisting of track, indoor
soccer, basketball and other activi-
ty areas. Infra ray heated stand -
commodate 500 spectators.
the Olympic-size pool and "toys"
wading pool can be parent-super-
vised by an adjacent, open-air, fur-
nished pool patio. The concession
stand is designed to serve both in-
terior and exterior areas year-round.
Commissioned by the Elyria Parks
and Recreation Board, the facility
was successfully completed under
budget.
Photos by john Butcher, Elyria Photography Service
av
96
The renovated pool building now functions A both 11 Wmmer and winter activities building.
• 1
ATHLETIC BUSINESS, June, 198P
The new structure enclosed an exllting open-air ice rink and replaced deteriorating pool facilities.
Il.C _
144
s
H
0
C
A
$
¦
Jewish
Community
Center
Family campus
Wilmington, DE
tetra Tech Richardson Inc.
Wilmington, DE
Consultant: Richard Sokoloski, PE.,
Consultants
Newport, DE
Cost: $2.5 million
Square Feet: 15,000
Occupancy: June 1988
With the wading pool on the
right, the pool complex, like
the rest of the campus,
matches the existing amenities
In color, texture and material.
T he new facilities at the
Jewish Community Center
Family Campus provide
family recreation for mem-
bers during the summer, thus en-
hancing existing indoor programs
offered at an adjacent community
center.
The campus, which is spread over
a 23-acre site, features a pool com-
plex, complete with wading pool,
changing rooms, a shaded pavilion,
and a kitchen; an amphitheater;
football/soccer, softball and base-
ball fields; tennis and-volleyball
courts; a playground and picnic
area; a day-care area; and parking.
A day camp activity area, which
serves 400 children, is arranged on
the fringes of a wooded area, with
pavilions and a nature area.
The design solution revolved
around the maximum utilization of
existing site amenities, which are
related to the new amenities by
color, texture and material.
All major activities for senior
citizens are located next to the cam-
pus parking areas for easy accessi-
bility.
The pool, which is S-shaped, can accommodate competitiv , as well as recreational, activities.
The opa•n-air changing rooms have
showers and are located Just to
the left of the registration desk.
A
98 - ATHLETIC BUSINESS, June, 1989
Photos by John Ienk,ns, Image Source Inc.
'V,
ACQTIES
T )AP
Swinney
Recreation Center
University of
Missouri at
Kansas City
Kansas City, MO
Abend Singleton Associates Inc.
Kansas City, MO
Consultant: Richard Flynn
Omaha, NE
Cost $10.1 million
Square Feet: 123,500
Occupancy: March 1988
Supplier's List
(The following advertisers are suppliers of
Swinney Recreation Center):
Track-
Surface: Mondo Rubber lntn'l
Weight Training Area-
Weight Training Equipment: Universal Gym
Equipment Inc.
The roofs and precast concrete were carefully
specified to match colors and textures of adjacent
campus buildings, such as old Swinney Gym.
P articipation in recreational
Pursuits has taken a huge
lump at the University of
Missouri-Kansas City, largely due to
-*he recent remodeling and comple-
4lon of a new addition to Swinney
Recreation Center.
One of the most talked about
additions is the U-meter indoor/
outdoor swimming pool. Designed
with a rolling, glass vault that can be
opened during warm weather, the
pool has become a popular amenity
for the university's 11,500 mostly
commuter students.
"With most indoor pools you're
lucky if you get 20 swimmers a day,
but we're putting through 150 to 200
a day;" says Bill Jinske, director of
campus recreation, who says the
retractable enclosure, popularized
in Japan, is the first of its kind in this
country.
The pool is only one component
of a multitude of new recreational
spaces. In addition to an existing
gymnasium, the facility has four
new basketball and volleyball
courts, four racquetball courts, a
squash court, a well-appointed fit-
ness center, classrooms, an auxiliary
fitness center, men's and women's
steam rooms and saunas, and inter-
collegiate locker rooms, training
room and ticket booth/concession
area used primarily for women's
the pools roll bick Will is gppned during warm
sttn mar weather and closed again each night.
basketball and volleyball compe-
tition.
"If you saw our old Swinney Gym,
all we had was a gym, two racquet-
ball courts and a little weight room,
but now we have this beautiful fa-
cility;" says Jinske. "Some students
just want to use the pool; others just
want to run or go to the fitness
center and some will do everything.
It's a total package to intrigue peo-
ple through their desired interests:' ORE
- ;q._ ( ..; -mot--i - ! • r -•
[o?
ACILITY PLANNING
A new splash at colleges
by Joe Hunsaker
A family enjoys
a leisurely swim
through a
narrow channel
at the 7roptcano
facility in
Rotterdam.
Netherlands.
new trend in aquatic
recreation, the leisure pool,
may be finding its way
onto college campuses as
the newest amenity to
attract the recreation-
minded student.
A new trend in aquatic recreation-the
leisure pool-has been making its way into
municipal and county indoor recreation
complexes for a number of years, but now
leisure pools also seem poised for entry
into the college environment.
Originated and developed in Western
Europe, and popular in the Scandinavian
countries as well, the leisure pool consists
of a free-form body of shallow water-with
a maximum depth of 4 feet-that features
waterfalls, bubble benches, spiraling water
tubes, raindrops, channels of rushing
currents, lazy vortexes, whirlpools and,
in some cases, small wave pools.
Recently. two American universities be-
gan drawing up plans for innovative water
recreation areas on their campuses. In
each case, theamaller leisure pool is cou-
cled with a conventional short-course
competition pool. which is necessary for
fitness lap swimming, varsity competitive
programs and swimming classes at vary-
ing skill levels.
The two types of pools provide a
compre-hensive and balanced program for organ-
ized activities, special events and recrea-
tion. Socializing is the new product. espe-
cially since swimming for exercise is a
lonely activity unless the swimmer is hav-
ing fun with others. With its underwater
benches and alcoves, the leisure pool pro-
vides active sport as well as passive fun.
The goal of the two universities develop-
ing aquatic complexes with leisure pools
is to create a social center for students to
interact with other students both in and
out of the water. As the stress level on cam-
puses continues to escalate, there is an
increasing awareness by administrators
that students want and need healthy recre-
ation in their lives. Not only is this a cur-
rent need, but participation in recreation
can pay dividends in good health through-
out the remainder of an individual's life.
As more schools are
making the decision to
add health, physical edu-
cation and recreation cen-
ters as a means of provid-
ing a greater variety of
recreation for their stu-
dents, trends are being
studied and evaluated.
Modern college recrea-
tion facilities can attract
many applicants. To a
high school senior who
has a high anxiety level
about leaving home for a
big university, seeing a
recreation center. espe-
cially a new one, has a
reassuring impact. The
recreation center may be
seen not only as a place
for relaxation, but as a
place to meet other stu-
dents outside of the class-
room. When a decision
comes down to two
schools, attractive recre-
ation facilities can some-
times make the differ-
ence.
?
October 1989 ATHLETIC BUSINESS 55
If a university or college decides to commit to a new
HPER building, it will very likely contain a natatorium.
If it does, that aquatic center will predictably be used
for 75 years and, if properly designed, 100 years. With
that overview, it's understandable that those responsible
will want to investigate the new trend in aquatic rec-
reation, which appears to be a combination of a con-
ventional competition swimming pool and a social
leisure pool.
The character Arid systems in any new aquatic
center on a college campus are quite different than those
created only a decade ago. Tbday, major emphasis is
placed upon the design. configuration, materials and
coating systems as well as mechanical dehumidification,
fenestration (the arrangement of windows and doors),
chemical treatment and automatic control.
What is a leisure pool? In an adjacent space near the
competition pool, is modern version of the 'ol swimming
hole takes form, liMited only by the imagination of the
designer. One continuous free-form pool of water, spar-
kling clear and lapping at its perimeter, invites all those
nearby to sample the experience. Common features
include recessed stairs, a zero-depth beach area and shal-
low warm water that meanders through a narrow chan-
nel where the current quickens and then disappears,
only to erupt again after an unknown interval.
The channel of white water briskly carries the swim-
mers along a short flume that spirals to an end in a mild
vortex surrounded by a barrier wall between the high
activity area and a tranquil pool. The tranquility is in-
terrupted occasionally by several sparges that douse the
swimmers with warm and cold water at intermittent
periods, as if controlled by a capricious gremlin.
The bubble bench is another exciting experience. Con-
strutted of concrete and tile and taking the configura-
tion of either an underwater bench or a rolling chaise
lounge, it erupts in a matrix of bubbles when powered
by an air blower as part of the mechanical system.
One of several focal points is the whirlpool, elevated
approximately 18 inches from the surrounding deck and
featuring an entry stair with the necessary handrail. This
Common features of the leisure
pool include recessed stairs,
a zero depth beach area and
shallow warm water that
meanders through a
narrow channel.
elevated whirlpool avoids the psychological experience
of sitting in a hole in the ground.
If the proposed leisure swim center is to follow the
European example, an entry pool will be created adja-
cent to a glass exterior natatorium wall and will be con-
niected by a water channel to a small outdoor pool for use
year-round. This indoork utdoor pool is heated 12
months, just like Indoor pools.
The final climax of this aquatic escape may be an
enclosed slide ride that is reached by walking through
a tunnel that connects the natatorium to an enclosed
stair tower. At the top is the entry level for the trip
-1 i4i towel
Th `'P told Quid slt* becau1k tli slip in
iili dtitit of A %witu deck I ket WIT OUT
TOOLS to it tk! Weft not In Wie. Avall-
T Ie iii 5 M W99 tO fit ppoool, meet all official
e6t iDetitlt fi tlliethnts. For details cbiitht:
kD1 Pii ., i Nit OR nntvfiie, NY 1606
ii?lrl S lint: $ith $7o
s Independent Access
o Custom Trimmed To
Fit All Pools
Easily Removed For
Other Programs
i Economical
Open your pool to
everyone -- call us
collect today.
56 ATHLETIC BUSINESS October 1989 ur" 4L on nspry wro
?-
EASY LADDER"-Access for
elderly or infirm individuals.
te>cFnobcfes nc
MA/ (315) 437-4089
a000GALSTER RD. EAST SYRACUSE NY 13057
We 43 an Reply Card
tRAN PEI tIER -Access for disabled individuals.
through a •$berglass tube that spirals and
plunges downward and then finally enters the
natatorium through a wall, discharging its
riders with a splashdown into a catch pool
located near the tunnel entrance.
Important support spaces found in the aqua-
tic centers include administration and man-
agement offices, a weight/exercise room. a
control point, dressing rooms, and storage,
mechanical, filtration and water treatment
rooms.
The outdoors cannot be forgotten. A gener-
ous sundeck wrapped around an Indoor/but-
door pool enhances summer school programs.
Landscaping surrounding the outdoor area is
the minimum treatment, while schools with
major summer school programs could unveil
a full-scale swimming pool complex for sum-
mer use.
programming a university leisure swim
center can be done with modification and ex-
pansion of current program disciplines. The
conventional activities in the rectangular com-
petitive pool stay quite the same. Likewise.
activities that currently take place in the shal-
low water of the conventional pool can occur
in the leisure activity free-form pool.
The real benefit to the user is the free time
at the end of each session. The fun, in-the-water
experience that can be sampled Will serve as
a motivation and attraction to prospective
users of the center. Added to this is the general
good feeling of students who will identify their
lifestyle with activities at the center.
Ceiling Fan Guards
From The #1 Fan Company...
LEADING EDGE!
For gyms, indoor courts and pools - ceiling fan protec-
tion from basketballs, baseballs and tennis balls. Engi-
neered specifically to protect the world's finest institu-
tional fans without a loss of air movement efficiency.
Heavyduty, multi-welded, brightgatvanizedconstruction
with exclusive impact resistant design and safety cables.
Easy installation and maximum protection!
Get the real facts ... call for our new 36 page Technical
Guide and the name of our Distributor in your area.
LEADING EDGE® INC.
2000 NW 95 AVE. / MIAMI, FL 39172 / (305) 592-9700
1.800.32 7.4328 /FAX (305) 592-1217
turd. 44 on Reply Card
THE RIGHT WAY!
There are advantages to doing things the right way. Cutting corners
on an indoor swimming pool project could prove to be costly.
Desert Aire eliminates ? Building Deterioration ? Moisture on
Walls and Ceilings ? Dripping Water ? Rusting ? Mold ? Damp,
Musty Swimming Pool Room Atmosphere.
Desert Aire provides a pleasant swimming environment while re-
ducing pool room energy costs as much as 80%.
We feature a full line of state-of-the-art dehumidification equipment
to handle any excess moisture problem. If your pool is in the planning
stage, or an existing pool, give us a call. Let's talk about the right way, the
way you want it, with Desert Aire.
Expect the best from... ? T ERT
8155 NORTH SEVENTY-SIXTH STREET , MY
MILWAUKEE, WI 53223
(414) 357-7400 FAX: (414) 357-8501
0* 4 ,, Bsply tad
October 1989 ATHLETIC BUSINESS 57
0?
The Jree form shape of leisure pools is only limited by the designer's
imagination. Here. a pool in Leusden. Holland.
Aquatic directors must understand the bore
sophisticated technical features of the control systems
that operate leisure pools. It must be recognized that the
many water features demand a significant amount of
energy over and above that required by a conventional
competitive pool. There are many motors that drive the
pumps for the auxiliary systems. such as waterfalls, cur-
rent channel inlets, air blowers, slides, fountains. whirl-
pools and hydrojets.
In an effort to keep these energy systems at maximum
cost-efficiency, an electronic control system is necessary
that programs the motors for optimum use while at the
same time minimizing activity when users are at a mini-
mum. This is accomplished with different system modes
depending upon the size of crowds and the time of day.
By sequencing water systems (motors and valves), the
user is directed from one water feature to the next. This
gives variety to the leisure pool-as compared to all sys-
tems running continuously and at the same time-while
minimizing the energy demand. Control readouts in the
natatorium control office are essential for efficient
management of the facility.
Energy consumption also occurs to heat the water. In
this regard the European swim facility differs In some
ways from the American. In the United States, the ap-
proach is to heat the contents of the pool with a heat
exchanger that slowly raises the temperature of the mass
of water by continual passes. The result is that there is
usually no great difference In temperature between
influent inlet water and the pool water.
In the leisure pool, this applies to the main recircu-
lation system. However, special warm water features such
as waterfalls, flow-through spa pools and large fountains
that pour over swimmers will discharge water that is
10 OF warmer than the pool water. Such a feature requires
a heat exchange system that will raise the water temper-
ature the necessary amount in one pass over the heat-
ing elements.
The aquatic recreation center will soon begin to take
its place on the campus landscape. The result will be bet-
ter and more popular programs and a definite draw to
prospective students.
The goal of the two universities
developing leisure pools
is to create a social center for
students to Interact with
other students both in and out
of the water.
Success in such a project will depend on the definition
of the word, which may vary between administrators.
It can be predicted, however, that a leisure swim center
will provide students with a change of pace and a social
environment that is wholesome and fun at the same
time. 0
Joe Hunsaker is partner and president of Counsilman/Hun-
saker & Associates. natatorium planners and design consul-
tants. of St. Louts. Hunsaker can be reached at 4969 Ambs
Rd.. St. Louts. MO 63128, 314/894-1245.
0
SultMate..
AT?
the Perfect Solution to Your
Drippy Swimsuit Problems.
Use it in all pool and spa
areas. SuitMate removes up to
95% of the water in all swimsuits in
just 10 seconds to keep lockers dry, save
carpeting and reduce mildew and odor.
It uses no heat and is safe ... low
in cost ... and easy to install. pwqgk_
SuitMate makes suit
users happy, too! They
have dry suits for packing
or storage. Write or Call
for details, today.
In 11116ois: 1-312-742-3532
Toll NO: 1-800-553-3353
V
%I-
IM"MCIDA CORPORATION
705 Martin Drive • P. O. Box 99 • South Elgin, IL 60177
urse 41 on Reilly i.ola
58 ATHLETIC BUSINESS October 1989 Cilde 46 ON ROPY LM
DESIGN
Once i
Lakeaid
Club is no
acre aqua
Club-
Lakeside Swim
Tile Best Nature
To Offer
?e
an M?_
The overhead view is exhilarat-
ing. Forty-foot cliffs rise above
the lake; their craggy features
contrast with the smooth surface of
the water below. Once-% rock quarry,
the lake covers tw8 acres. Nearly 8.2
million gallons of water are held
within its bounds. Trees bend over the
water'(edge and form a deep green
ruffle around the, perimeter of the
lake.
The natural beauty is just one angle
of the multi-faceted operation that is
lAkeside Swim Club, one of the most
Unique and beautiful aquatic facilities
1 D n AQUATICS, MAY/JUNE 1989
?W .
in the country. Located in the heart of
a residential community in Louisville,
Ky., the 2.5-acre complex boasts an
equally expansive membership. A pri-
vate club, Lakeside has approximately
7,000 members and offers two types of
memberships - certificate and associ-
ate.
"The certificate members are those
who own property in designated areas
surrounding the club as outlined in our
corporate charter. The certificate
members have automatic membership
because their homes are built on
Lakeside plots. Associate members
live outside the charter area and they
acquire membership by being spon-
sored by a certificate member," ex-
plained Mary Graves, manager of
aquatics and special activities.
According to Graves, the club is
governed by certificate members
through a board of directors that is
elected each fall. The board estab-
lishes policies, reviews the overall lake
operation and functions principally
lpppgglitteps appointed by the
A1~ 'fte members are el-
le to be pp those committees, so
y hays put as well," Graves said.
4 &taff gf three principal managers
and.three assistants completes the
kesilie management team.
The purpose of the club, as stated in
the Lakeside Corp. policy book, is
simple. The club exists for beautifying
the property surrounding the lake
while providing a facility for the bene-
fit and the enjoyment of its members.
Graves takes the purpose a step fur-
ther, "Our philosophy is to provide
wholesome family recreation for all
ages with , programs for all ages as
well," she said.
Uistory
Lakeside's transformation from a
rock quarry in 1924 to the state-of-the-
art facility that it is today did not hap-
pen overnight. The facility's develop-
;nent involved many turning points. A
aeries of improvements, adjustments
and additions over the years have
added new dimensions to Lakeside's
identity as a premier swim facility.
"We were established in 1924 and
incorporated in 1926, so from 1926
until 1989 we have gradually contin-
ued to grow from the rock quarry into
the premier swimming facility that we
are now," Graves said. "In 1929, they
stocked the lake with fish. They tried
to have fishing for people as well as
swimming. In the 1930s they started
sectioning off areas with rope to have
swimming competitions."
Ir1,1938, Lakeside held its first swim
meet - the AAU (Amateur Athletic
Union) nationals. In the 1940s and
1950s, the club's management began
sectioning off specific areas of the lake
for shallow water swimming and deep
water swimming and a diving plat-
form was added. In 1956, the first
large concession stand was built. It
contained bath houses and lockers as
well as a concession and office area. In
the 1960s, for sanitation reasons as
well as for the beautification of the
lake, the quarry's original sand bot-
tom in the four-foot shallow water
area was covered with concrete and
the shallow water was sectioned off
from the deep water with wrought
iron railing.
In 1962, the Eckard Administration
building was added. It housed a board
of directors' room, a recreation room
and a maintenance area. In 1972, a
second floor was added and the main-
tenance area and the administration
offices were expanded. The recreation
area was movto the second floor.
In 1968, a siii-lane, 25-yard pool was
built. ,That pool was designed with a
BY KAREN DUFFY
bubble epclosllfp tp provide indoor
swimming for the wiper months. The
bubble was adjacent to the concession
building and bath house and was re-
placed once in 1999. We are on the last
leg of the bubble right now," Graves
said.
In 1983, the 1956 concession build-
ing was torn down And replaced with
a new facility that includes a full-ser-
vice swim shop. Called The Jack
Thompson Swim Pavilion, the shop is
named aft pr 1.slwside's first manager
who took the job in the 1940s and re-
tired spveral yearn o.
Like a pie, e's two-acre wa-
ter syrf eg is cgone4 pff to provide
mgmaipm use lIEn4 fle7Fibility for its
members while enabling the club to
offer a diverse range of water activi-
ties. "We are of capable of sectioning
off parts of our }site to provide differ
ent means of recreational swimming
as well as more structured swimming
programs," Graves said.
Last year, a stainless steel railing
replaced the wrought iron that di-
vided the lake into iballow and deep
water sections. The railing is set into
the concrete and extends 18 inches
above the water's surface. Clearly vis-
ible from the sidewalk area, the rail
marks a drop in the lake's depth from
four feet to eight feet. "We have deep
water signs posted every five yards
along the railing so that people know
it is deep water," Graves said. "The
lake essentially was drained to the
eight-foot level and then we had to
blast it to get the 12-foot depth under-
neath the diving boards," she added.
The deep water area is composed of
five main sections: a deep-water open
free-play area; a roped-off diving area;
an eight-lane, 50-meter racing course;
an area restricted to passive rafting
only; and a five-lane, 25-yard lap-
swimming area used primarily by
adults.
"Lane lines are used for competi-
tion and lap swimming. We use life-
lines to separate the raft area from
the deep water free-play area and the
diving area from the deep water free-
play area," Graves added.
The facility also features three main
piers. All are constructed of concrete
and are built on concrete supports that
extend to the quarry bottom. The
most prominent pier juts out into the
deep center of the lake to form a con-
crete "T." It houses starting blocks
for competitive swimming as well as
diving boards. A back pier, located be-
hind the 50-meter lanes, features a
sun deck and a third curved pier pro-
vides another entry into the deep wa-
ter area from the side.
"The closest thing we would have to
AQUATICS, MAY/JUNE 1989
a dock would be a floating platform in
the deep water free-play area which
we call The Lakeside Float," Graves
said. Crafted of fiberglass, the plat-
form is chained to the quarry bottom.
A popular sunbathing spot, it can be
moved as necessary but is usually an-
chored in the same place much of the
time.
The facility has not overlooked its
handicapped or disabled members.
Handicapped access is provided by two
chairlifts - ON at the back of lake
near the lap switnthing area and one
at the front of the lake into the four-
foot shallow water area.
Despite its modern equipment, some
of Lakeside's best attributes did not
come from a manufacturer, members
said. "I think its the best cross be-
tween a swimming pool and a lake in
the world," said Lin Billingsley, a lap
swimmer and It Member for four
years. "It doesn't have any of the bad
effects of a lake like mud and weeds.
It's deeper than it normal swimming
pool and it's hot as confined. The un-
even surface within the pool makes it
a much more challenging and interest-
ing place to swim," she added.
"You're not going to find a pool that
has as much to offer as far as the cliffs
and the trees and the foliage," said
Chris Curl, it mbltiber of the masters
swim team who has been swimming at
Lakeside since she was six.
'fensar babble easbles winter
However, the unique design of
Lakeside is not the only aspect of the
facility that attracts members. Lake-
side utilizes its facilities to the fullest
and is dedicated to family-oriented ac-
tivities. Nowhere is this more evident
than in the programming. "We have
just about every type of program of-
fered to members of all ages," Graves
said, explaining that activities fall into
four basic categories: instructional
aquatic classes, fitness programs,
safety courses and competitive teams.
Instructional classes are designed to
accommodate all ages, starting with
Diaper Dip, which involves parent and
child water activities for children four
months to 36 months. Traditional of-
ferings such as diving lessons and
swimming lessons for adults and chil-
dren are balanced with such diverse
programs as synchronized swimming
and scuba diving classes. Mechanics
workshops also are available to help
adults and children perfect their
swimming strokes.
In addition to water exercise classes,
Lakeside offers wellness programs
that enable members to assess their
physical fitness before getting into the
water. These programs include health
risk appraisal, fitness testing and hy-
drostatic weighing to determine body
composition - such as percentage of
body fat and ideal body weight.
The club also offera.safety programs
such as advancecHifesaving, basic res-
cue and water safety, cardiopulmo-
W?" mbers.
lakeside me
nary resuscitation (CPR), first aid
training and lifeguard training.
Lakeside's competitive program-
ming encompasses a number of differ-
ent levels. Adult members can take
advantage of a masters swim team
and younger members can join a pre-
competitive swim team as a stepping
stone to a true age-group open-swim-
ming program. Younger members also
can oin the diving team or the Sea-
hawk Swim Team - Lakeside's na-
tionally ranked age-group swim team.
Such a wide variety of program-
ming has many advantages according
to member Billingsley, the mother of
four children who also attend the club.
"It's such a big facility that kids get
exposed to all kinds of activities in the
water. It broadens their horizons."
In addition, Lakeside offers a youth
aquatic fun camp, adult and teen
dances and an event entitled the
"Lakeside Family Olympics," where
parents and children participate to-
gether in relay races, inner tube races
and other recreational events.
Members who prefer drier forms of
recreation can take advantage of the
club's general recreational activities
such as badminton, basketball, bingo,
bridge or ping pong. Other amenities
include a multi-purpose lounge with a
large-screen TV for birthday parties
and meetings. An exercise room -
equipped with a weight machine, free
*bights and adjacent saunas - is
available as well.
As an added service, Lakeside of-
10 1 -nU AQUATICS, MAY/JUNE 1989
fers child care weekdays in the sum-
mertime during the prime swimming
hours, 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. •
Design Advantages
While it seems that members can
find almost any activity under the sun
at Lakeside, such diverse program-
ming might be lost if the complex did
not have one distinct advantage over
many other aquatic facilities: space
and lots of it.
"Because the quarry is so large and
we're not confined to a pool, we do
schedule our programs, but we don't
have to say from 9 to 10 will be lap
swimming and from 10 to 11 will be
exercise. We don't have to do that. We
can run classes simultaneously. We
can have swimming lessons going on
at the same time. We can conduct li-
fesaving classes and, at the same time,
the diving team can be training,"
Graves said.
Even extenuating circumstances do
not hamper the club's programming
versatility. "For instance, when we
have a swim meet we don't have to
close our facility down. The only area
that we have to close down is our lap
lanes while the swim meet is going on.
Qur g?gtltbars can swim laps out in the
open water areas - it's just not as
atrgctured as what they're accus-
tomed to," Graves said.
"if you go to a public pool, they're
always so much smaller. This is large.
If you Want to swim laps, you can
svnm laps. If you want to lay out on a
raft, You can lay out on a raft without
kids splashing you. If you're a kid,
there's plenty of space to play games
in," Curl said.
Management
Such a formidable facility can pres-
ent some sizable management tasks,
however. "In my area, being on the
aquatic end of it, staffing is a chal-
lenge because I hire 40 lifeguards for
the summer season and 12 lifeguards
for the winter season. So staffing and
training and maintaining our staff is
one of the toughest challenges I have
here," Graves said.
On the other side of the coin, Graves
admits there are advantages. "We are
a wonderfully appealing place to work
and we get loads of kids who want to
apply and want to work at Lakeside."
Lakeside uses an intensive screening
process for hiring lifeguards. "We in-
terview them in persop and talk to
them. Before we will We anyone, we
see them in the water: We run through
a basic skills testWg pr educe to get
the best lifeguards that we can here at
the club," Graves said. A regular
schedule of ongoing tr#inipg ensures
that lifeguards stay in top condition.
"They We Monthly in-service train-
ing as a group, weekly training pe-
riods with my assistant manager and
pre-season training."
Pete Shattuck, assistant aquatics
manager, lifeguard supervisor and
sometimes lifeguard, believes the rig-
orous training lifeguards undergo
makes Lakeside's lifeguard team one
of the best. "l3euse We're so mas-
sive, we have to be the best," he said.
In addition to training, the lifeguards'
time in the lifeguard stand is carefully
monitored.
Finding and maintaining a qualified
staff is not the onl personnel chal-
lenge for Lakeside management.
Staffing poses a minor problem for
Brian Cunningham, manager of main-
tenance and the physical plant and
acting manager of the concessions op-
eration. "We are a year-round facility
but we probably do 95 percent of our
STOP DAMAGING TACKER ROOM HUMIDITY!
River City Racquetball Club, Peoria, Illinois
Locker room humidity was a constant problem for racquetball
club owner Lee O'Connell. "The humidity from the showers and
whirlpool area were causing our lockers to rust, the carpeting was
wet and the walls were always dripping", he stated.
O'Connell solved his locker room humidity problems by install-
ing a Desert Aire EH-500 dehumidifier, along with the remote con-
denser option. The dehumidifier is set to automatically respond to
rising humidity levels, and programmed to keep the locker room dry
at all times. "The unit provides all my locker room's heating require-
ments during the cold months of the year and by adding the remote
condenser I ant air conditioning the same area during the warm
months of the year."
The equipment is doing its job and for O'Connell this means pre-
serving the life of his locker room interior and equipment and, with
the heating/cooling option, he is able to maintain # corstant com-
fortable room temperature in his locker room year around.
O'Connell has also installed Desert Aire units in his pool area to
reduce humidity and in his racquetball courts Where humidity was
causing wet walls and slippery floors. "Humidity is no longer posing
a problem in these areas either", he said.
For more information contact Desert Aire.
1?.
8300 W. Sleske Ct., Milwaukee, WI 53223 (414) 357-7400 FAX (414) 357-8501 R
Expect the best from... '?'
(irele S an ruder renly card
AQUATICS, MAY/JUNE 1989
17
eiitbets to par&iet ate
NNOMM ll'
of activities sue; as water bas
tj&eaide's sp in a varietyonment alioaa m
business in the summer. Being year-
round, we have to staff it (the conces-
sion area) but we also use it as the re-
ception area, so we make sure the per-
son in the concession stand is very
knowledgeable about the whole
scheme of things at Lakeside. They
have instructions to greet everybody
like an old friend," Cunningham said.
"In the summer, because of the sheer
number of members we have, running
the concession stand is pretty chal-
lenging. Our concession stand does a
tremendous business.
"We've progressed," he added. "We
started out basically as a candy bar
and Coke stand and, in the last sev-
eral years, we've put in gas grills so
now we're able to offer hamburgers
and hot dogs. We do salads now and
chicken sandwiches. We've tried to
build up box hunches similar to the fast
food restaurants. We have an adult
box lunch and a children's box lunch so
when a family conies to Lakeside,
we'd like for them to think they can
come here in the morning, get their
lunch here and stay until the after-
noon or evening." Picnic tables are lo-
cated throughout the complex.
Maintenance
Maintaining such a large swim facil-
ity does present some problems. The
quarry lake must be drained each win-
ter and filled each spring. The six-
lane, 25-yard pool; ordinarily fitted
with a false bottom to create a kiddie
pool in the summer, must be con-
verted to a winter facility with the at-
tachment of an air-inflated pool enclo-
sure bubble.
"What we've tried to do each year is
reduce the time that it takes to change
from a summer operation to a winter
operation and from a winter operation
to a summer operation. This is proba-
bly the most challenging thing," Cun-
ningham said.
Another major maintenance chal-
lenge is the constant effort to upgrade
- to stay one step ahead with the lat-
est in pool maintenance. "We've tried
to stay abreast in terms of lighting,
chemical feeding and chemistry,"
Cunningham said. On lighting the
winter facility, Cunningham said,
"The bubble is not, being as old as it
is, translucent one bit, although we do
have several windows. At one time we
were using basically just spotlights. As
technology has gotten better in light-
ing, we've upgraded and now we use
indirect quartz lighting. But there is
always room for improvement," he
added.
Sanitizing such a large body of wa-
ter also presents it challenge. Cur-
rently, Lakeside uses chlorine gas for
the quarry lake but is exploring other
easier, safer options. "Because of the
sheer size of the quarry, we have been
using chlorine gas which has been the
most economical. Our chemical budget
is quite high," Cunningham said. He
added that Lakeside has been looking
into chlorine bleach as-an alternative
"to eliminate all the problems we pos-
sibly could have by staying with the
gas. Presently, we have converted our
indoor facility to the bleach system
and we've been happy with that. As an
additional sanitizing agent, we are
considering copper/silver ionization."
Filtration of the millions of gallons
of water in the quarry lake and the
Xool is no small task either. "We have
tivo massive filtration systems," said
general manager Tom Curtin. "We use
a diatomaceous earth system which,
for the amount of water that we have
to displace, is satisfactory for our
needs. Kentucky now allows high-rate
eland filtration but we're not looking
into that. We have too much water."
Lakeside's diatomaceous earth filtra-
tion systems are used for both the
summer and the winter facilities.
To meet the maintenance challenge
at the unique facility, Lakeside's man-
agement has allowed its aquatic staff
to utilize the latest technology. "An
advantage of the size of our club is the
fact that we are strictly a swimmingg
club. Our board of directors has al-
lowed the management staff to stay up
with what's new in the industry. We
have tried to stay abreast of and im-
plement new things that we feel are
worthy of our members. Our members
come first and our directors feel that
we are aquatic professionals - and
they pretty much go along with what
we suggest. They give us a lot of flex-
ibility and that really is an advantage.
They want the best," Cunningham
said.
Forging Ahead
During the past six decades, a lot of
effort has gone into changing Lake-
side from a rock quarry to the state-of-
the-art swimming facility it is today,
but it has no intention of standing still.
Always searching for ways to better
serve its members, Lakeside will be-
gin its newest renovation project in
September by expanding the six-lane,
25-yard pool to an eight-lane, 40-yard
pool.
"Obviously, the intent today with a
six-lane, 25-yard pool is to try to do as
many things as you can for the mem-
bers based on their needs and desires.
The problem we're having is we can't
schedule simultaneous activities be-
cause of the pool's size limitations.
The water in the quarry is used only in
the summer," Curtin said.
According to Curtin, more and more
members are coming to swim for ex-
ercise,Which has increased the de-
mand on the winter facility. "We hope
that when the new facility is finished,
there always will be room for mem-
bers to come in and swim during the
open hours rather than telling them
when they can do it. I think the ex-
12 AAUATIC $. MAY/JUNE 1989
panded facility will give us an optimal
mix of everything that we are pres-
ently doing on a scheduled basis," he
said.
The expansion project was set in
motion two years ago when Glenn
Hubbuch Associates Architects,
Louisville, Ky., was commissioned to
do a feasibility study on expanding
Lakeside's winter facilities. Glenn
Hubbuch, principal architect, echoed
the problems Curtin outlined. "Cur-
rently, they have a 25-yard, six-lane
pool that they've been using for win-
ter swimming some 20 years now.
They have a very large masters pro-
gram with more than 200 people in-
volved in the winter time alone. Con-
ditions have become very crowded.
When the masters team uses it, the
pool has to be shut down to everybody
else. They wanted more flexibility
with pool time and that is why the new
eight-lane, 40-yard pool was pro-
posed."
The new facility will have a movable
bulkhead to greatly expand the pool's
flexibility. "The diving team can be at
one end having practice and you can
still have eight lanes of swimming at
the other end - with your 25-yard
course - going on simultaneously,"
Hubbuch said.
"They can even get a third activity
going on," he continued. "Right now,
they have lap swimming but because
the pool is only six lanes across, they
can only keep twe of the lanes going
most of the time. When the diving
team is in there, they're on a 3-meter
board and a 1-meter board at one end
of the pool. That enables them to keep
only two lanes open for lap swimming
- which can get very crowded.
"In the new situation, they have an-
other option. They can move the bulk-
head from the deep end of the pool to
the shallow water, still have the diving
team using the two diving boards and
in the leftover shallow water, they
could hold exercise classes," Hubbuch
said.
According to Hubbuch, the new pool
will feature the latest technology in
gutter and filter systems - including
plans for a stainless steel gutter sys-
tem. "The lap swimming will be the
latest from a technological point of
view as far as water turbulence and so
forth," he said. Other features that
are planned for the new pool include
two 1-meter diving boards and a sin-
gle 3-meter board. Like the facility
built in 1968, the new improved ver-
sion will have a bubble enclosure adja-
cent to the concession building. A
wading pool for summer use also has
been included in construction plans.
Hubbuch notes that the existing fa-
cility did not present any obstacles to
designing the new facility. "We just
worked within the confines of what is
already there. We're putting the new
pool back in the same location where
the existing pool is anyway. All we're
doing is extending the length and the
width of it somewhat but it's still
pretty much in the same area of the
overall complex."
What members seem to get from
Lakeside goes far beyond the benefits
of the facility. Many find friendship,
comradery and a sense of community.
"I've been on the team for nine years
and we're sort of like a big happy fam-
ily," said John P. Simms, a 71-year-old
member who swims on the masters
team and has been a member of Lake-
side since 1963.
Karen Duffy is an 4tlanta-based
freelance writer.
AQUATICS MAY/JUNE 1989 13
Circle 6 on reader reply card
BY EDITH Fins
he Rice Pool and Water Park
is making its debut this sea-
son in Wheaton, Illinois, as
the largest public recreational water
facility in the state, and bathers re-
port it's already a splash hit.
The excitement is just beginning
for this new "state-of-the-park" rec-
reational water wonderland, starr-
ing a 28,000-square-foot, zero-
depth-edge water pool and., play-
beach, three water flume slides, two
sand volleyball courts, tot sand lots
.4
An aerial view of the Rice Pool and
Water Park in Wheaton, IL. Built on
ukat was once a horse breeding farm,
Rice Park carries a horse racing motif
{b ougbout. The brand new u+ater rides,
concessions, and a state-of-the-art com-
munity center, promise increasing prof-
fts for the park.
and water ponds, waterfalls, water
spray play area, and grassy sunning
hills, complete with patios and
decks, six food concessions, a flag-
flying bathhouse, and a huge com-
munity center. It's Wheaton's an-
swer to fun in the sun, and it
couldn't have come at a more op-
portune time to Illinois' fastest-
growing area.
Through land donated by the Dan
and Ada Rice Foundation, 15 acres
of horse farmland has been trans-
formed into a wonderland of water
for fun-loving families who them-
selves voted "yes" in a tax referen-
dum to allow for future growth of
Wheaton's Park District operations.
Planning for the new recreational
project started in 1985, when the
park district board and staff realized
the time had come to expand the
capacity in Wheaton's water recrea-
tion from the single northside
swimming pool currently in use.
Their, in a bold move, they decided
to create a community tax referen-
dum which would go beyond the
traditional means of requesting
funds for a specific project and
budget with routine architectural
drawings and bids. The referendum
took a broader look at future needs
for providing for population growth
and recreational trends, and re-
quested community support for a
general increase in the park district
rate. This would allow for a pool
project to evolve into an innovative
new water park and a much-needed
community center.
The referendum was not tied to
these projects, but rather allowed
for their options. What resulted was
a tax base that would provide a con-
stant source of pew revenues well
into the 1990s and generate over
$1.3 million per year in funds. It has
proven to be the most imaginative
solution to the entire park district,
and the referendum was passed by an
appreciative community.
A special collaboration of three
professional firms, one architectu-
ral, one conceptual, and one engi-
neering, gives the Rice Pool and
Water Park the most creative design
affordable nationwide. Under the
auspices of the Wheaton Park Dis-
trict, this collaboration shows how
innovative design and a future-
thinking board work together to ful-
fill the recreational needs of a
family-oriented population.
What evolved next is essentially
a new philosophy about water.
Here in Wheaton's Rice Water Park,
the family is the basic consideration
for the design. Here the family can
experience waterplay and water fit-
ness together, to give them more
interaction with their recreation.
There are no children's wading
pools where parents leave their
children in the hands of others as
they watch from behind a fence. In
the zero-depth pool with beach,
parents can read a book while sit-
ting in the water with their children.
And because of its size, this same
pool functions for older children
and adults as a place for swimming
competitions, diving instruction, fit-
ness classes, and scuba instruction.
The zero-depth pool is also a natural
for the handicapped to participate
in a way that allows for their wheel-
chairs to be positioned in or near
the water.
The zero-depth edge concept is
now being recognized across the
country as a major trend in designs
for aquatic facilities. Whether a
wave pool for water amusement or a
swimming pool for competitions
and classes, the zero-depth is a con-
cept that allows for many options for
P&R/JULY 1989/43
"The zero-depth edge
concept is now being
recognized across the
country as a major
trend in designs for
aquatic facilities. "
many lifestyles. Perhaps a bather
grew up in a city without access to
pools, or never learned to swim but
now wants to participate in the
water with the family, or had a physi-
cal disability which prevented water
activities-these people now com-
fortably enjoy the benefits of water,
since 80 percent of Wheaton's pool
has a depth of zero to four feet.
Other features of the new water
park are also designed to span ages
and abilities. Several sand play areas
with small waterfalls and rocks al-
low for creative sand and water play
for smaller children. Three shallow
ponds and a waterfall spilling 14
inches into a walking pond make
enchanting fun for adventurous
kids, who play with water from the
Dan-de-Lion, Morning Glory, and
Bubble Jets. Three flume slides
snake their ways down through tun-
nels and hills of artificial rocks into
the main pool. Then, after a few ex-
citing trips down the slides, older
children round up a team to play on
one of two ample sand-based vol-
leyball courts, separate from the
tots' sand play areas.
After working up their appetites,
hungry swimmers can visit six food
concession areas to sample selec-
tions to take them through the day's
activities. Hot and cold sandwiches,
conventional snacks and bever-
ages, and light supper items mean
44/JULY 1989/P&R
that families can play together and
stay at the water park throughout
the entire day.' The beautifully de-
signed bathhouse and concession
complex boasts tiered levels for di
.ning; sanded, brick-paved patio
decks for lounging, sunny turf areas,
and grassy spots for small groups
and birthday parties.
B B athers who want to dry off in the
sun can enjoy a large sunning
hill near the flume slides. The amaz-
ing feature of this hill is that it rises
16 feet above what was once the
flattest piece of property for miles
around. Created to form a backdrop
to conceal the origins of the slides,
the sunning hill more or less faces
south, but because of its prominent
position, bathers catch their rays
from all angles. Rock formations
and landscaping below help inte-
grate the hill into the slides and
pool.
With a daily capacity of nearly
3,000 bathers, the Rice Water Park
benefits from a design coup created
by the architects which results in an
actual reduction of the space-to-
bathers ratio. The projected four-to-
one ratio is possible because of the
large acreage of land, and at the
same time, its capacity, which is bet-
ter utilized within the park's bound-
aries. Bathers enjoy swimming and
relaxing with others, yet they don't
feel crowded.
A residence which exists on the
edge of the property became the
perfect place to house the office and
temporary training place for the
new staff. Then, in accordance with
Wheaton Park District policy, the
Blanchard House, when remod-
eled, will become the permanent
residence for an in-house staffer
and his family to manage the water
park itself. This helps to hire com-
petent staff, as well as prevents ex-
cessive after-hours vandalism with
the 24-hour surveillance and con-
tinual communication that is now
provided.
How to design a community cen-
ter to blend in with the Rice Water
Park was a special challenge to
architect Mike Williams. Since there
were 15 acres to move around in,
and the entire pool complex occu-
pied about a third of it, there was
plenty of room for creative design.
Yet the center had to be brought
into play with the entire park. So he
designed the center to be partially
camouflaged from the street, not
fully visible except when bathers
come through the inner courtyard
of the bathhouse on their way into
the park. An element of surprise
greets diem, and they can see all the
beauty, originality, and excitemet '
of the water park and the center,
too, from this approach.
Fortunately, the urgent need for
the community center one year
ahead of schedule made it neces-
sary for its construction to get
underway along with the pool and
bathhouse. The center features a
full-sized indoor gym with mezza-
nine running track above it; a multi-
use theater with elevated stage; a
series of workshops and craft
rooms, with kilns and benches for
ceramics and woodworking; rooms
for dance, aerobics, and weightlif-
ting; men's and women's lockers;
and additional shell space for future
finishing as needs arise. This means
the center will basically not need
additions in the foreseeable future.
It becomes an economical way to
buy future space at today's construc-
tion prices. In a community that has
The exciting flume slides and
uxtterplay area at Rice Park
provide outdoor excitement,
wide the new community
cen{er features a gym, a
multi-use tbeatre, workshops,
craft rooms, a weigbt room,
dance and aerobic rooms,
and q)ace to grow into.
P&WJULY 1989/45
The Best Under The Sun ...
Set Up In 30 Seconds!
• One piece steel scissor frame
• No tools, ropes or additional assembly
• Canopy is durable, washable, sun and
fire resistant
• Compact, easily transported (fits In
most car trunks)
• Variety of sizes, colors, accessories,
custom graphics
• Immediate shipping In most cases
For further details/ products contact:
8805 N. Main St., Oiylon, ON 45415
(513)274-4688 (513)890-4914
Please circle reader service card number 76
never had a community center, this
one is already a hands-down suc-
cess.
M aintenance-free materials for
the bathhouse, decks, and
community center were the orders
from park district officials to the
architects, and safety was a prime
consideration at the same time.
Quarry tiles used in the bathhouse
are relegated to the floors, while
smooth-surfaced ceramic tiles are
assigned to the walls. Brick pavers
become deck floors for the loung-
ing areas, since wood decks would
splinter and cause tripping.
High traffic areas in the commu-
nity center sport quarry tiles as well,
while all exteriors are slated for face
brick in a contemporary, two-tone
color scheme. During the design
period, the park district staff was
keenly aware of the maintenance
needs of the new features of the
pool, park, and center. With water-
falls, sand lots, beach, picnic areas,
and sand volleyball courts now
added to the staffs responsibilities,
adjustments are continually being
made this premier season accord-
ing to staff input and numbers to
meet these maintenance and safety
concerns.
Two special restrictions that
arose from the 15 acres of com-
pletely flat land were storm water
detention and the parking lot situa-
tion. How to provide for water de-
tention and how to provide a park-
ing area for 500 cars that did not
look like a shopping center parking
lot led the designers to a solution
which integrated the center with the
park. Low grades contain the water
detention and parking areas, while
higher elevations were naturals for
the sunning hill and tops of the
slides. With these givens, it re-
mained for all other elements of the
project to become integrated into
the design.
To provide all the clay that was
needed to sculpt new grade eleva-
tions, we dug two large borrow pits
one from the deep end of the pool,
the other from under what would
be the sunning hill. Because we also
needed good clay for a solid parking
lot base, the community center
would have a much-needed base-
ment level as well, with that ex-
cavated clay. Other residential and
highway construction projects in
the neighborhood provided black
dirt at no cost to refill the hill.
The theme for the Rice Water Park
is a natural. Since the Rice property
was once a thoroughbred horse-
breeding farm, Danada Farm, the
horse-racing motif was picked up
and carried throughout. The archi-
tecture of the bathhouse imitates a
horse stable, complete with lighted
cupolas on the roof and split fence
rails to define pedestrian traffic.
Other wood pull rails line walkways
throughout and continue the corral
theme. Banners fly above the build-
ings patterned in the bright ceris
color of the Danada racing silks to
add color and play. The Rice Foun-
dation will commission an array of
prancing bronze horses for decor,
display, and play throughout the
park. Nearby Morton Arboretum is
developing the Danada elm, a
disease-resistant variety, for plant-
ing along the perimeters and road-
ways inside the park.
Costs for the water park and pool
are in at $5.5 million, while the com-
munity center hovers at around $8.1
million. The tax base from the origi-
nal referendum generates $1.3 mil-
lion each year, and these funds are
used to make payouts as required.
An extremely exciting summer is
underway for fun-loving families at
the Rice Water Park. The design
team and park district staff are
already welcoming guests from all
over the country to see Wheaton's
water wonderland in action. It's
sensational water park they are vet,
proud to show. ?
Our unique KD Kanopy provides the best solution
anytime, anywhere. Ideal for perk/recreational
use, athletic events, fitness centers, hotels, ex-
bbl area, special evbnls, poelside use.
46/JULY 1989/P&R
Burdette Park Pool -
Expansion Puts Facility
In the Plus Column
The Burdette Park aquatics cen-
ter was losing money. Despite
efforts that reduced the cen-
ter's operating deficit, the facility was
still little more than a county-owned
pool with nothing special to attract
patrons or revenue. With the help of a
consultant and the enthusiasm of the
park superintenddift, the facility was
gradually transformed Into an enter-
tainment complex complete with wa-
ter slides, a children's Water play area,
an adult beach with volleyball, a
concession building, a shaded picnic
area and more. With planning, pa-
tience and hard work, what was once
a public pool that was draining tax-
payers' money turned into a profitable
facility that has become a .ommunity
center for family recreation.
1'or the 1988 Season, the lBurdette
Park aquatics center set three all-time
ebcorda. Por the first time ever, atten-
dance exceeded 90 000, revenue
topped $200,000 ani operating in-
come was only $61 short of $100,000.
However, to appreciate what these
figures really mean, It Is necessary to
know some of the facility's back-
ground.
The Burdette Park aquatics center
Is the central featuri of Burdette
park, which is owned and operated by
Mk' erburgh County Ind Burdette
consisting of
is a 150-acre facility .
Woodlands, open space and water fea-
.}ures in addition to the aquatics cen-
ter. The park is located in a rural set-
ting, five miles southwest of Evans-
ville, Ind. Like most public agencies,
Vanderburgh County his had to cope
with the dual objectives of delivering
public recreation services while keep-
ing a lid on the Operating budget defi-
cit.
In 1982, the Vandenburgh County
Commission took in Important step in
the right direction: they hired Mark
Tuley as superintendent of Burdette
AQUATICS, SEPTEM&k/OCTOSER 1989
A new ehiidreit s
6
BY WILLIAM L. HARALSON
roved Rguatic
itles and added
tctfone such as
mascot 'Burl
made
Otte Park a
r for fiuaily
talnmeat.
Park. Tuley proved to have a nose for
business. By controlling operating
costs and concentrating on revenue
generation, he managed to reduce the
park's operating deficit from $410,000
in 1981 to $244,000 in 1984.
Although the park's deficit had been
slashed dramatically, the aquatics cen-
ter still was losing money. Therefore,
Tuley suggested to the commission
that an outside consultant be brought
in for a day to hopefully gain a fresh
perspective. William L. Haralson &
Associates Inc. (WLHA), Dallas, was
contacted and retained to undertake
the assignment. "Before you can con-
vince your council or your board that
governs your pool to make the kind of
improvements you have to make," Tu-
ley said, "you need to get an economic
consultant to come in and provide the
financial data to back you up."
In the spring of 1985, the Burdette
Park aquatics center was composed of
two, pools - an adult pool and a chil-
dren's pool for a combined total of
60,000 square feet. In addition, sup-
port facilities included an old bath-
house, a small, inadequate snack bar
and an undersized parking lot. Al-
though the complex had an estimated
development cost of $2 million, the fa-
cility was lacking in entertainment
value - a fact that was reflected in
the pool's operating deficit of more
than 26,000 in 1984. According to
Tuley, Burdette Park pool had re-
mained virtually unchanged for the
past 10 years. Tuley knew the facility
needed something different, but was
not sure what.
Tuley indicated that he and the
County Commission were receptive to
any ideas for improving the bottom
line at the aquatics center - provided
that a correlation between the cost of
the improvements and their positive
impact could be demonstrated. This
approach was to set the stage for a
number of improvements to be made
at Burdette Park during the four
years that followed.
The First Step
The first major improvement pro-
posed for the aquatics center was the
addition of two 350-foot serpentine
slides. Although the consultants were
not authorized to conduct a market
study, they were aware of the opinion
that even if attendance did not in-
crease, the slides would impact spend-
ing at the park. They estimated an in-
crease of $1.50 per capita. The County
Commission approved the two slides
but the vote was not unanimous. Some
commissioners were concerned about
spending taxpayers' money on what
they considered to be a gamble.
The two slides were installed on the
hillside to the south of the center and
emptied into one corner of the chil-
dren's pool. The alidee were installed
during the 1985 season and were open
only for the last giix weeks of the sea-
son. However, this Was enough time to
turn the aquatics center's operating
deficit into a profit of $11,300. Al-
though attendance did not increase
significantly, per capita spending rose
by $1.36 for the season, which meant
it was much higher than that during
the last weeks of the season. Accord-
ing to Tuley, the water slides were a
gamble that paid off. "The water
slides really have paid for them-
selves," Tuley said. ,They were three
years old last July and at the end of
last summer they were about $42,000
in the black. By the end of this year,
it's probably going to be close to mak-
ing a profit of somewhere around
$100,000 for us."
The County Commission took a wait-
and-see attitude and no new facilities
were added to the aquatics center dur-
AQUATICS, SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER 1989
•
ing 1986 and 1987. What they saw
made them smile as attendance, reve-
nue and operating profit soared while
operating expenses were kept in
check. Although no facility improve-
ments were being made at the aquat-
ics center during that time period,
plans for future improvements were
being formulated. After the 1986 sea-
son, a formal study of recommended
improvements for the aquatics center
- as well the rest of Burdette Park -
was prepared. That study revealed
that the aquatics center had not
reached its potential and included rec-
ommendations for expanding the en-
tertainment ind support facilities such
as parking and food services.
For the 1988 Season, several new fa-
cilities Were added. These included a
children's water plaj'area, an adult
beach with volleyball, a concession
building, wooden decking and shaded
picnic tables. The accompanying table
0
AQUATICS, St 1EM&VOCTOSER 1989
p,o
provides a summary of the attendance
and financial performance of the "' -
dette Park aquatics center from
through 1988. In 1984 the center
46,806 attendees, generated $101,474
Ih revenue and had expenses of
28,111 - resulting in a loss of
$16,637.
In 1985, with the addition of the wa-
ter slides, attendance rose slightly to
47,068 but revenue jumped to
166,488 while expenses rose to
155,147. Consequently, the center
posted an operating profit of $11,341.
During the next two years, resi-
dents of the aquatics center's market
area became increasingly aware of the
facility and attendance, revenue and
income continued to rise. For the 1986
season, attendance was 57,959, reve-
i>tue was $212,528 and income was
$40,694. In 1987, attendance jumped
to 77,642, revenue increased to
$259,750 and income reached $73,007.
The addition of the improvements
made prior to the 1988 season re-
sulted in even more increases and, in
1988, the facilityalrew 93,009 attend-
ees, generated $296,642 in revenue
and posted an operating profit of
$99,939.
A new cotlLfbdlotls are* and a deck were included in the extensive renovation of
Burdette Plitt aquatics center.
Circle 5 on reader reply card Circle 6 on reader reply card
10 AQUATICS, SEPTEMBER/OCtOBER 1989
According to Tuley, the improved
quatics center is attracting more pa-
ons than ever. "We have sold' out
.3everal times this year," he said. "We
had more than 3,000 people in the
aquatics center on three or four dif-
ferent` days. One day, we had to shut
the gates and tell people that we
would let more of them in when peo-
ple left. We were at capacity."
Total Impact
During the four seasons that im-
provements have been in operation at
the Burdette Park aquatics center,
operating profits have totaled almost
$225,000. Moreover, based on the cen-
ter's 1984 experience, it is reasonable
to assume that the center gained an
additional $100,000 that would have
been lost otherwise. Therefore, the to-
tal impact of the center's improve-
ments is estimated to be $325,000 in
profits within a four-year period. By
comparison, the total cost of the im-
provements was $225,000. Thus, the
cost of the improvements at Burdette
Park aquatics center already has been
paid for out of operating income. Any
additional income over $225,000 can
be considered net income to be used,
as needed, to pay for other improve-
ents.
The capital improvements program
continued into 1989 when a new
aquatics center entry plaza was com-
pleted. The multi-purpose, two-story
structure includes changing rooms,
rest rooms, a first aid station, a
concessions area and ticketing facili-
ties. The second level houses three
party rooms. According to Tuley, the
new entry plaza is one improvement
that is essential to the success of the
revamped facility. "The other building
was an exposed, open-air-type facility.
There just wasn't any privacy for
changing or anything," he said. "In
the old entry plaza we could only have
one cashier. We were adding all these
improvements and we could hardly get
people into the facility. We had lines of
up to 250 people waiting to get in on
the weekends and people don't like
that. I don't like it. Obviously, we
want to get people in there and ac-
commodate them as fast as possible.
Now we can run up to three cashiers
in the new entry complex."
In March 1989, the consultants were
asked to review the aquatics center's
performance and make more recom-
?endations for improvements. Based
study results, a number of im-
provements are planned for the 1990
season. The major proposed addition is
a large tube ride. Other proposed im-
provements include the expansion of
the aquatics center grounds, refur-
bishment of a shelter house for group
functions, new elements in the chil-
dren's water play area and other mi-
nor additions.
The Burdette Park aquatics center
project has been gratifying for Mark
Tuley and the commissioners. "The
great thing about this project is that
we have been able to alleviate the fi-
nancial burden of the taxpayers of
Vanderburgh County while, at the
same time, proving that quality recre-
ation and financial self-sufficiency
need not be dichotomous but, rather,
can go hand in hand," Tuley sai3.
William L. Haralson is president of
William L. Haralson & Associates
Inc., a Dallas-based economics consult-
ing firm that specializes in feasibility
studies and conceptual planning for
waterparks and other attractions.
nniinTirc <FPTFMRFR'nNTCRFR 1989 11
dal
Circle 7 on reader reply card
V,
BY TERESA KAY ALBERTSON
I n 1979, only two water theme
parks existed in the country.
Both were located in Florida,
with a 200-plus day season. At the
same time, workers at Hyland Hills,
CO, Park and Recreation District
held our breath, plugged our noses
and jumped in feet first with the
country's first publicly owned water
theme park north of the Mason Di-
xon Line. The fact that we have been
able to build Water World from two
original water slides into two wave
pools, 16 water slides and other
water attractions, six concession
locations, and a curio shop can be
wholly attributed to our innovative
elected board of directors, staff, and
interdepartmental support.
In the mid 1970s, Hyland Hills
was facing a cold, hard fact: pro-
grams would have to be cut if we
didn't develop some creative,
revenue-generating facilities in a
hurry. When two water theme parks
were created in the Orlando, Flor-
ida, area, we investigated the
possibility of developing such a
facility and at the same time save our
non-revenue producing programs.
Our board made the decision to
develop Water World in 1978. To
fund this project, the board consid-
ered a $2.7 million general obliga-
tion bond of which $1.3 million was
91,
earmarked for Water World. The
spring of 1979 was spent meeting
with PTA groups, little leagues, judo
clubs, and many other recreational
and civic organizations to inform
our district residents of the elec-
tion and to seek their support. The
bond passed with an amazing 14:1
margin.
With this public mandate in favor
of a new thrilling and refreshing
water attraction, we were motivated
into action. We already owned the
site where Water World was to be
developed. We used this land as
security for a lease purchase of the
Bonzai Pipeline water slide, a dual-
slide structure. The ground was
then leased back to Hyland Hills,
which also served as general con-
tractor for the project. The cost to
ride Bonzai was $.25 per ride, or five
rides for $1. In the brief 30 days the
dual-flume was open, all construc-
tion and operation expenses were
paid, with a slight profit.
The 1980 season opened with a
new wave pool and a double-flume
serpentine slide. Since these infant
days, Water World has successfully
provided more than $5 million to
the Hyland hills general fund.
These monies have saved some of
our programs like senior activities
and children's programs, and our
parks. Since the originating elec-
tion, Water World development has
been self-supportive and has not
used any more public funds.
This year, admission costs to
attend Water World will remain in-
credibly low. Our district residents
will be admitted for $3.50 (90,000
residents comprise our district).
Out-of-district residents will be
charged $10.95. Admission for chil-
dren aged 12 and under is signifi-
cantly lower. Seniors over 60 and
tots under three are admitted at no
charge. Our average daily at-
tendance is 4,000 guests.
Our low admission prices may
surprise many of you reading this.
Our admission prices are $3 to $5
lower than comparable water
theme parks in the country, yet we
are able to build new attractions at
Water World on an average of one
each year. Three new attractions
were available in 1987! How are we
able to continue to grow and ex-
pand, while keeping public admis-
sion prices to a bare minimum?
One factor is that we have con-
tinually attracted more and more
guests to Water World each year. In
1980 we hosted 96,000 guests with-
in a 77-day season. In 1988, we
hosted 351,000 guests during a 92-
day season.
P&RQULY 1989/29
Water World is the only water
theme park in this area.
Ocean's of Fun in Kansas City and
Raging Waters in Salt Lake City are
both a full day's drive from Water
World. This makes for a very large
market for us to draw upon. Our
admission revenues reached $2.8
million in 1988, producing 30 per-
cent of Hyland Hills' total revenues.
Although our admission makes
up the bulk of Water World reve-
nues, our other revenue-producing
amenities within Water World must
not be overlooked. In 1980, con-
cessions provided $81,000, while
only accounting for $37,000 of ex-
penses. We offered items from two
locations, including the basic ham-
burgers, hot dogs, french fries, and
soft drinks. From 1980 to 1984, con-
cessions did not significantly
change. However, increased at-
tendance Increased concession
revenues to $250,000 in 1983. In
1984, we built our second wave
pool, Thunder Bay, and a conces-
sion area. Thunder Bay concessions
sells hamburgers, hot dogs, pizza,
chicken, french fries, ice cream, and
soft drinks. We added our Super
Cone concession in 1984, which
provides ice cream treats.
In 1986, one of the original con-
cession locations began serving
Mexican food. Pizza was moved to a
new location and continues to be
one of our most popular items. In
1987 there came a new concessions
area called Hodaddie's. This stand
provides gourmet hot dogs and
hamburgers, curly fries, and soft
drinks. Some subtle changes from
one year to the next have dramati-
cally increased sales. One example
is a decision to provide a larger Su-
per Cone stand with four serving
windows instead of two, increasing
sales from one year to the next by
more than 150 percent. From 1981
to 1988, concessions increased
from $164,000 to $566,000, with ex-
penses going from $71,000 to
304ULY 1989/P&R
$137,000.
Another revenue source is orl-
vate parties held at Water World.
The water park closes at 600 p.m.
most evenings, which provides time
for companies to host employee
parties on the grounds from 6:30
p.m. to 9:30 P.M. In 1988, we hosted
nine private parties, which gener-
ated $38,000. These private entities
often choose separate catering ser-
vices to provide food for the party-
goers. To make our concessions
more inviting to these private par-
ties, we are adding an outdoor grill
this year to provide k-bobs and
sausage-on-a-stick during the day
and other grilled specialties for pri-
vate parties at night. This should in-
crease the revenues generated from
private parties. Another 1989 addi-
tion for concessions will be several
roaming carts to provide ice cream,
soft drinks and other low-cost items.
Raft rental is another source of
revenue for water World. Rafts were
first available for $1 in 1980. The
1980 raft rental revenues were
$33,000. When we built our second
wave-pool in 1984, raft rental reve-
nues jumped to $102,000. The 1985
raft rental revenues climbed to
$178,000 with both wave pools op-
erating at peak performance. In
1989, raft rental will cost $2.50.
Another profitable area of Water
World has been our Curio Shop,
managed by long-time employee
Gary Maurek, manager of op-
erations for Water World. Part of the
Curio Shop's success is its location,
which serves both entering or exit-
ing guests. A wide variety of gifts are
available at the Curio Shop, includ-
ing bathing suits, goggles, post
cards, towels, t-shirts, sunglasses,
and suntan products. The Curio
Shop first opened in 1980 and
generated $2,500 with $1,000 in ex-
penses. From 1983 to 1984, the
Curio Shop revenues jumped from
$17,000 to $78,000. This great in-
crease was achieved because the
el l
shop was moved to its current, larg-
er and more centralized location. In
1988, the Curio Shop generated
$142,000 in revenues and only
Accounted for $82,000 in expenses.
C ertainly our lowest revenue-
producing amenities at Water
World have been our lockers. In
1980, lockers generated $5,000.
Lockers were available for $.25, with
unlimited access throughout the
day. The locker revenues doubled
from 1985 to 1986 because we
moved to a coin operated system
with one-time access for $.25. The
1988 locker revenues were $50,000.
No one can argue that the greatest
assets Water World has gained are
the employees. Water World gener-
ally falls under the entertain-
ment/amusemerU industry heading.
These types of facilities are prone to
great employee turnover, all the
way from the 14-year-old cashier
going to work at McDonalds to the
general manager moving on to
greater professional achievements.
But Water World has been an excep-
tion. We have successfully retained
employees who have remained at
Water World through their junior
high, high school, and college years,
and have even moved up through
the ranks within Hyland Hills.
Water World General Manager
Steve Loose has been with Hyland
Hills for 15 years. He has supervised
athletics, recreational programs,
marketing, and Water World for Hy-
land Hills. He has consciously pro-
moted staff from within Water
World to create great depth of expe-
rience within the organization. An
example is Mike Shelton, food ser-
vice supervisor for Hyland Hills.
Shelton also oversees all Water
World concessions. Shelton started
with Water World as a 14-year-old
groundsperson. Because he has
51
worked his way up the ladder in
concessions at Water World, lie is
very familiar with the happenings of
la3
Flying in an innertube down
a snarling rush of uater ex-
cites any kid-wen The older
ones! At Water World in Hy-
land Hills, CO, kids of all ages
can enjoy rides like this, plus
waterfalls, swimming pools,
fountains and much, much,
more.
all areas of the concessions and
lends experience to any difficulties
that arise. We also have an account-
ing clerk and receptionist at Hyland
Hills who began working as 16-year-
old cashiers for Water World.
Steve Loose is confident when he
concludes that Water World's amaz-
ing success to continue to provide
outstanding recreation for so little
cost boils down to three factors: Hy-
land Hills interdepartmental
cooperation, devoted staff, and
encouragement from our five-
member elected board.
"Water World has the resources
of the accounting department and
parks department without having to
employ their services in-
dependently," Loose explains. "The
accounting office handles our
PA
paychecks and billing with great
efficiency. And because of the con-
struction abilities of the parks de-
partment, we can act as our own
general contractor for develop-
ment. We can depend on the parks
team to construct a high quality
water slide, pool or concessions
building.
"Our very small full-time, year-
round staff has been the crux of our
operation. Our eight full-time peo-
ple understand that to get the job
done right, we have to work seven
days a week during the summer. No
one likes to be away from their fami-
lies, but considering the positive
effect Water World has on the com-
munity and the long-range effects
on the district, it is a small price to
pay. Most of us have watched Water
World grow and realize its' im-
portance to Hyland Hills."
Overall, Water World boasts a
high percentage of return em-
ployees each year. Loose estimates
that 50 percent to 60 percent of the
400 part-time employees return
each year. Employees work as
groundspersons, concessions atten-
dants, lifeguards, and supervisors.
We begin hiring teenagers at 14
years, usually as groundspersons.
I n order to continue our retention
rate of Water World employees,
we instituted a new merit pay sys-
tem in 1988. With this merit pay sys-
tem, all part-time employees re-
ceive a base pay. If an employee
performs beyond their core respon-
sibilities, they can qualify for an
P&WJIJLY 1989/31
DISCOVER THE ART AND CRAFT Of
TIMBER FRAME
CONSTRUCTION
DURABLE • BEAUTIFUL
HAND-CRAFTED & PEGGED
NORTHERN
12525 BOX ROAD
GRAND RAPIDS, OH 43522
1-419-832-1616
Ph... akab reader ..rvitcs card numb., 21 1
additional zero to 1.75 per hour
merit pay for the summer. Em-
ployees to encourage them to im-
prove in areas they are lacking. An
week, supervisors and the manage-
ment team review ratings with em-
ployees to encourage them to impr-
ove in areas they are lacking. An
additional 1.25 per hour is available
to part-time employees who remain
through the entire water World sea-
son, which is Memorial Day through
Labor Day.
Since 1984, we have advertised
Water World intensely. The 1989
advertising budget will be split
among television (35 percent),
radio (25 percent), print (20 per-
cent), and billboards (20 percent).
Our target market are people aged
12 to 34 living within a 50-mile
radius of Water World. Although
our advertising is concentrated in a
localized area, we draw many peo-
ple from Cheyenne, Wyoming (100
miles away), Pueblo, Colorado (120
miles away), and Colorado Springs,
Colorado (80 miles away).
A new emphasis is being made on
special events and special markets
for Water World by Water World
Group Sales Coordinator Kelly
Fedge. One of our community ser-
vice special events for 1989 includes
9 Pals Week (a local television sta-
tion promotion). During one
week in the summer, children with
a 9 Pals identification card can use
any Hyland Hills facility free of
charge when accompanied with a
paying adult. We are expecting most
of the kids to take advantage of this
offer at Water World.
Other special events for 1989 in-
clude Father's Day (Dad's admis-
sion is free with kids paying full
price), a July 4 special with com-
plimentary tickets2vailable through
a radio station, free admission for
district residents in the evening and
fireworks, and the Fifth Annual
Rocky Mountain Surfing Champion-
ship/Belly Flop Contest. Water
World is also a sponsor for the
Ronald McDonald Activities Club,
which provides an admission
coupon for all children belonging
to this club.
Some of the special audiences
Fedge is targeting include the inter-
national markets. When inter-
national visitors are in the Denver
area, they are drawn to Water World.
Local youth hostels, high school for-
eign exchange programs, education
foundations, and rotary clubs are
excellent contacts for international
markets.
Certainly no water theme park
can succeed without effective main-
tenance control. According to Assis-
tant Manager of Maintenance Roger
Aquirre, we go to an outside con-
tractor only as a last resort, for spe-
cialized work. To enhance our
maintenance abilities, Gus Gustaf-
son and Dave Geisick specialize in
plumbing and electrical work re-
spectively. Aquirre and Mainte-
nance Assistant Chris Maestas fill in
where needed.
One of the more common main-
tenance needs of Water World is
repairing shifting walls. Some con-
tainment walls have moved eight or
nine inches. The workers fill cracks
and replace water until the next
ground shift occurs.
Thanks to varied marketing tech-
niques, devotion from staff, and
support from our board of direct-
ors, Water World is proud to have
developed to our high level of quali-
ty. We are looking forward to the
1990s with anticipation for new
opportunities around the corner. o
Shipped and Erected Anywhere
For more information, call or write:
32/JULY 1989/P&R
A?. IN,,' ? icl9o
Florida Municipality
Opens Aquatic Complex
Designed to meet the educational
and fitness needs of competitive ama-
teur athletes and fitness-conscious in-
4ividuals, the $3.7 million Coral
Springs Aquatic Complex opened
March 1 in Coral Springs, Fla. Owned
and operated by the City of Coral
Springs Parks & Recreation Depart-
ment, the state-of-the-art facility fea-
tures a 50-meter competition pool, a
diving well with platforms and spring-
boards and a 13,000-square-foot phys-
ical assessment center with a gymna-
sium and training areas furnished with
fitness equipment.
"Fitness through variety is our
motto here," said Michael McGoun,
parks & recreation supervisor and
manager of the complex. "Anything
that has to do with fitness will be of-
fered here at the complex, including
swimming, diving, water polo, scuba,
gymnastics, aerobics, martial arts,
volleyball and half-court basketball.
Health and wellness courses also will
be scheduled regularly, with an on-site
professional staff and contractual
agents providing all necessary sup-
port services," he said.
Park Organizations
Observe Anniversary
The National Recreation and Park
Association (NRPA) and the National
Park Service (NPS) are cooperating
on a number of activities to commem-
orate the 25th anniversary of the Land
and Water Conservation Fund
(LWCF), a program designed to pro-
vide fiscal resources for fed, 'and
protection and grants to the s to
increase recreation opportunities.
The NRPA and NPS are working to
inform federal and state agencies and
the public about the history of the
LWCF program and its role in the
creation and conservation of recrea-
tion resources and opportunities. In-
formational efforts are designed to
encourage the continued protection
and public recreational use of the 5.5
million acres of park and recreation
lands acquired and the 25,000 recrea-
tion facilities developed with LWCF
assistance in every state and terri-
tory.
Interior Secretary Manuel Lujan Jr.
and former Interior Secretary Stew-
art Udall recently spoke at the
"America's Heritage: A National
Symposium Commemorating the 25th
Anniversary of the Land and Water
Conservation Fund." The symposium
reviewed LWCF accomplishments
since its establishment by President
Lyndon Johnson on September 3,
1964, with an effective date of Janu-
ary 1, 1965.
FLOW THRU SAFETY FLOORIN
Ideal for shower rooms, locker rooms, pools,
decks, patios, saunas, entrance mats, wet
areas; any other areas requiring flooring Im-
provements.
• Instant Drainage • Resilient
• Slip Resistant • Durable
TROPICWMDS
outdoor Furniture corp.
definitely stacks up!
6 ENGINEERED FOR COMMERCIAL USE
6 EIGHT DESIGNER LINES
• FIVE YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY
6 QUICK SHIP PROGRAM
call or write for color catalog
toll free: 1800-3 LOUNGE
factory & oNlces:
16301 n.w. 15 ave., miami, florida 33169, (305) 624-4411
telex: 261688 TWINDS fax: (305) 624-1447
as Circle 35 on
? i•
wiII!
F. Lei 'tl rl 5 1
Mateflex Clossic Mot9flex II
Wrsoflex Matdflex Ill
FREE Catalog and Samples
Call 1-800-635-6353
1712 Erie Stree
Mat6fiex Utica, NY 13503
Phone: (315) 733-4600
Circle 36 on reader reply card
The Coral Springs Aquatic Complex
opened March 1.
THE- INSIDE SCOOP ON
OUTDOOR RECREATION
The following special report is an inside look at the latest
equipment and supplies available for outdoor recreation.
Dry-Line Markers, Machines
Available from Georgia Marble
Plus 5 is a specially processed calcium
carbonate powder for marking athletic
field lines. It provides a bright, white
line that's easy to apply, is economical
to use and it actually enhances turf
growth.
Safe for contact with skin and cloth-
ing, Plus 5 from Georgia Marble Com-
pany, has been licensed as the official
line marking material of the National
Federation of State High School Associ-
ations. It also complies with NCAA and
NFSHSA rules for safe line markers.
Linemaster line marking machines are
the best way to apply Plus 5. These qual-
ity machines are available in two-, three-
or four-wheel models. All have an auger
feed system for consistent lines. Settings
for line width allow you to make 2- or
4-inch lines. Also, a direct cutoff handle
provides for clean stopping and starting
of lines. All three machines feature
heavy-gauge steel construction yvith
solid rubber tires.
The big, four-wheel Linemaster holds
70 pounds of powdered line marking
material. The three-wheel model holds
50 pounds and the smaller two-wheel
model holds 30 pounds of material.
For more information, circle number
109 on the Information Request Card.
Ppwlink's Interlocking Tiles
Provide Pry, Nara-Nip Surface
Sof-Tile, from the Pawling Corporation
of Pawling, N.Y., snaps together with no
adhesives required. Theeeorrletric hole
patterns 4110W water to pass through,
eventing accidents caused by wet con-
itions.
Sof-Tile, which can be used indoors
qnd Plttdgors, is designed to increase
.rflow finder fnd through the tiles.
1Qn is fast and mildew odors are
felt' reduced. The surface is
covered with raised circles to provide
(ttpr traction.
!p tal$atiQn it fast and easy. Supplied
With corners and borders that interlock
with the 12-by-U-inch center tiles, Sof-
Tilc it Inacic of Qn lalf-inch-thick flex-
ible Vinyl that is oil and chemical resis-
tant.
Sof-Tile., available in seven decorative
colors that will not fade or discolor, is
-f commended for use in washrooms,
showers, swimmindg pools, saunas or
any wet area where drainage is required.
For more information, circle number
110 on the Information Request Card.
M. Putterman'$ Fold Covers
Feature Intk tippers
A patented InterLok Zipper Closure
between field cover sections is just one
of the innovations offered by M. Putter-
man & Company of Chicago to cover
outdoor surfaces.
Putterman has the right product for
the right application, whether the cover
needs to be extremely lightweight for a
small field and a small crew or tough
enough to hold up under a rock con-
cert. Consideration also is given to
maintenance, handling, durability, life
expectancy, proper engineering appli-
cation and cost.
With more than 1,000 indoor athletic
surface cover installations, Putterman
now offers outdoor facility managers
tough and innovative sports surface pro-
tection.
For more information, circle number
111 on the Information Request Card.
ATHLETIC BUSINESS, May, 1988 61
Georgia Marble's line marking material
complies with high school, NCAA rules
Pawling's Sol-Tile is ideal for installation
outdoors where drainage is required
M. Putterman's field covers feature
the InterLok system shown in close-up
HYLAND HILLS AND
27 OTHER MUNICIPALITIES
CAN'i BE WRONG!
90% OF ALL AMERICAN
WATERPARKS CHOSE MA'S WAVE/
SURF GENERATION EQUIPMENT
WaveTek and Aquawave superior stainless steel
equipment is, "Simply the finest wave equipment
in the market today". It's a leadership position
built on 38 years of experience, accomplishment
and constant innovation.
• AAA is one of the oldest, largest and most
knowledgeable aquatic park specialists in the
world.
• We are affiliated with the largest design/
construct commercial pool contractor in the
country.
• WaveTek Wave Field proven on over 100
installations. Rrgdgpes 111 3' to 4' high singig
diamond pattern wave.
• Varawavg Our Proven steno#ro lp $a rfl q
multiple wave perform ncq. Ask fpr sii Vorawaye
system-a real asset in 94aref)f @ttq sttcceal,
• Aquawave Superior performi?ncg With maximum
energy efficiency. Computer controlled waves.
• Surferwave First class features versatile enough
to combine recreational waves with high-
performing surfing/boogie boarding rollers.
• TidalwavelTsunami The ultimate in pneumatic/
mechanical technology, generating the thrill of
the largest solidarity wave height up to 61h' to 7'.
, 4,0
?9
Call us today at (518) 459-3144.
Aqualtitc Annul t AssocIates, Ltd
Simply the Anent wave eQuoment in the market today.
AQUAWAVE "'
PNEUMATIC WAVE/SUkF GENERATORS
Main Office: 116 Railroad Avenue Ext., PO. Box 5101, Albany, New York 12205, (518) 459-3144; FAX: (518) 459-3148. Regional Offices:
Denver, Colorado, (303) 252-9578; Vero Beach. Florida, (407) 778-5832; Bois Briand, Quebec, Canada (514) 437-0888.
PNps drab rl.d r .vvlm said maid sc 22
ENERGY EFFICIENT, CUSTOM
DESIGNED FILTRATION SYSTEMS
The world's leader in innovative wave equipment
technology has become the world's leader in the
most advanced filtration technology in the
industry-high flow vacuum sand filtration. AAA's
central filtration system is safer, more efficient,
more flexible and more affordable than any other
system today,
MOST RECENT JOTILIATIONS:
• Kiwanis Park, Terp
• Jekyll Island, JekyL s1anc .GA `-
• Andgrson Wsve Ogg), #agfnaw, Ml.
• ft n gr Hill W8va P®pl ,Anoka, MI '-
• Pripe Wave Pool, Price, UT.
Noah's Ark Water Park Expansion, 1 tlscopsin
Dells, WI.
Wild Water Waterpark, Sparks, NV.'
• Lagoon-A-Beach, Formin agn, WI-
• Riverview Park j W?tr }
Wisconsin Della, WL, ., ?..?
Hyland Hills Water World, Denver, CO.
The Aquawave Stainless Steel Air Directional Valve. The
highest performing valve in the industry, all manufactured in our
main plant in Albany, N.Y.
MAINTENANCE BY TERRI SIMMONS
Pool Water Sanitation
A Balancing Act
r outdoor pool operators,
F ppring is the season for putting
e final touches on the pool and
fool ai ea: ? $i*king tulle all needed
.repairs are made and paying special
attention to the swimming pool's wa-
ter chemistry, operators can be sure
their swimming season gets off to a
good start once warm weather ar-
rives.
There are five main steps to open-
ing a pool that has been properly win-
terized. Proper execution of the steps
can take up to a week.
• Fill the pool to the desired level,
which in most cases is to the middle of
the skimmer so that surface debris can
be trapped.
• Check the pump, filter and circula-
tion system to make sure they are
clean and work properly. If the equip-
ment or pants of it were removed for
winter storage, make sure it is rein-
stalled properly.
• Adjust the pH of the water, using a
reliable test kit. If the test kit has not
been used since the previous summer,
most manufacturers recommend re-
placing the reagents to ensure proper
test results. Next, adjust the total al-
kalinity and finally, regulate the cal-
cium hardness to within the proper
range.
• Shock the pool by either superchlor-
inating or using one of the non-chlo-
rine shocking products that now are
available.
• Stabilize the pool.
iiy starting a pool full of prop-
erly balaneed **t&, it will be easier to
,keep the various factors at the desired
level as the Season gets under way.
Accepted teeotnmendations for bal-
anced watet include a pH between 7.2
and 7.6, a total alkalinity level of be-
tween 80 and 120 ppm and a hardness
level not legs than 200 ppm. A swim-
ming pool also should contain the
proper level of Aenitizer. (The recom-
mended level vafies depending on the
sanitizer being used.) If unstabilized
chlorine is in use, a conditioner level of
between 30 and 100 ppm should be
maintained.
Why does swimming pool water
need to be sanitized? It waust be sani-
wed to destroy the wastes and bacte-
ria put in the water by the bathers as
well as by the atmosphere. In addition
to destroying bacteria, several other
factors must be controlled todwaure
4aximum swimmer and user COhifort.
By controlling these factors and bal-
ancing the water, chemicals are used
more efficiently and damage to the
pool equipment can be prevented. To
be in balance, swimming pool water
ztat be within the proper ranges for
total alkalinity (TA) ahd hardness
vets. The temperature of the water
also has an effect .on the water bal-
ce as does the level of total dis-
isived solids. %
Basic Terminology
What exactly are each of these fac-
tors? Following is an overview of the
basic terminology and the types of
sanitizers available.
dues --The hardness level in-
lcates the amount of taileiuin and/or
eegnesiuin that has ba~btt dissolved in
4be water. The range for pools is from
-db0 to 800 ppm With . a .. Wmimum of
.:.,800 ppm raeoifl ended. If the level is
too high, the watet thAy baboine
damdy and scale deposits can form. If
the level is too low, pool equipment
corrode and plaster pool walls can
etched. To increase the hardness
level, calcium chloride can be added to
the water. This should be done slowly
until the proper level is reached, be-
cause decreasing the hardness level is
much more difficult. Among the ways
that hardness can be decreased are by
adding fresh water that has a low
hardness level; compensating for the
high level by lowering the pH and TA;
using a water softener to remove the
calcium; or using.a chelating or se-
questering agent to help keep the cal-
cium in solution.
pH - ft e pH level indicates the acid
basic nature of the water. The rec-
ommended pH level is 7.2 to 7.6 for
chlorinated pools and 7.2 to 7.8 for
tbrorinated pools. If the pH is too low,
the water can corrode pool equipment
And cause eye irritation. If it is too
high, the effectiveness of the sanitizer
1s reduced. Also, if the pH level is too
high, the swimming pool water has an
acid demand. The acid demand is the
amount of muriatic acid (liquid) or so-
dium bisulfate (dry) required to bring
the pH within the proper range. The
acid should be added to the pool wa-
ter, not the reverse.
To raise the pH level, add sodium
carbonate (soda ash). This raises the
pH level rapidly while raising the TA
slowly. Sodium bicarbonate (baking
soda), however, will raise the pH level
slowly but will rapidly increase the TA
level.
ppm - Levels of various factors as
well as quantity of sanitizer usually
are *iteasured in-p li1s per million.
Total Alkalinity (TA) -Total alka-
ity (the total amount of alkaline ma-
.., shah --earbotates, bicarbonates and
,1t11droxides - present), a quantitative
dueasurement, serves as a buffer that
the water resist changes in pH.
r recommended TA level is 90 to
125 ppm. If TA is too high, the pH will
be difficult to adjust; if it's too low, the
pH will fluctuate greatly.
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) -
The total amount of dissolved mate-
rials in the water. High TDS causes
20
AQUATICS, MARCH/APRIL 1989 water testing to
i?ii iihpo's P°"
of balaeelni the pool.
cloudy *ater and can reduce the ef-
fectiveness of a sanitizer. While the
ideal TDS level is less than 500 ppm, it
is recommended that some of the
swimming pool water be drained and
replaced if the level exceeds 1,000
ppm.
Chlorine
Without a doubt, the most popular
swimmhlg pool and spa sanitizer is
.chlorine. Chlorine is available in many
forms - g?aasa, ii4uid and solid - as well
as in combh *tion with other chemical
adements. Chlorine is the sanitizer
typically required by health depart-
ments acid other regulatory agencies
for use In public and semi-public
swimming pools and spas. While
health departments have, in some in-
stances, become more tolerant of some
of the newer sanitizing alternatives,
they almost always require that a
chlorine residual be maintained in
conjunction the use of the alternative
sanitizing equipment.
Regardless of the form of chlorine
used, the effective sanitizer formed
when the chemical is added to swim-
ming pool or spa water is hypochlo-
rous acid (HOCi). Also formed are
OCl- ions and hydrogen ions (H•).
Free available chlorine is the amount
of fOCl a'Vailable at any particular
time as Bail be determined by a test
kit. The HOCI is a more effective san-
itizes than the OCI-. As the pH level
increased, lid does the amount of OCl-
in relation to the amount of HOCI. At
a pH of 1.5 - the ideal reading for
most swimming pool water - the lev-
els of HOCI knd OCl- are about equal
at 50 percent each.
ChloffirAiiles (combined chlorine)
are formed When the free available
chlorine combines with the ammonia
or nitrogen found in swimmers'
wastes. These chloramines are not ef-
fective sanitizers even though their
presence Will show up When testing for
total chlorine. They also are the pri-
mary cause of eye and mucous mem-
brane irritation and an often-offensive
odor.
Total available chlorine is the total
amount of chlorine in the water, both
in the form of HOCI and in the form of
chloramines.
While maintaining a chlorine resid-
ual between 1.0 and 3.0 ppm keeps
bacteria and other contaminants in
control from day to day, stronger
Y
II
measures occasionally are required.
Superchlorinating or shock' is
recommended every other we r-
ing normal use and every week _ng
heavy use or prolonged periods of
warm temperatures.
Bromine
Like chlorine, bromine is a member
of the halogen family. It is more pop-
ular for use in spas and hot tubs be-
cause it is more stable at the higher
temperatures when the pH fluctuates
because of high bather loads.
Bromine offers several advantages
over chlorine. It has less of an odor
and, unlike chlorine, bromamines -
formed when HOBr combines with ni-
trogen and ammonia - are effective
sanitizers. Unlike chloramines, bro-
mamines cause little or no eye, skin
and mucous membrane irritation.
Bromine also is more effective than
chlorine when pH levels fluctuate.
Once all of the factors affecting wa-
ter balance have been determined,
pool operators should adjust the bal-
ance of the swimming pool and/or spa
water so that it is in optimum condi-
tion to protect both the swimmers and
the pool equipment.
f.•a_- shy. foolproof
1.0."41 Out as gad to t at'd passing
Make your own ID cards In minutes with IDENTATRONICS'
INSTANT PHOTO EQUIPMENT. All cards are custom designed
and printed with your logo and choice of colors. Cards are
waterproof, will not crack, and can be worn In pools and lakes.
Cards available with bar code or magnetic stripe to record en-
try and exit either as a stand alone unit or interfaced with a
computer.
0 I FINTATMONIC8
425 Lively Blvd S Elk Grove Village. IL 60007
Illinois call (312) 437-2554 4 Out of State (800) 323-5403
22
Circle 16 on ruder reply card
AQUATICS, MARCH/APRIL iS
..•gy:i tLT.: .wK}'?
CIL
Maintenunc y .
tree R ikltq?
mogul;te t ?# the i 1q w
pools and ilp s. An #1t> !Ya tc
adjusting water chenls men-
wally, Womoon
cal
P Cal lowr
caused ay !#ilp rar'1ai ii 4 ,b
pool or spa r. .1
A chemical controllg_r 11 eimjlfr
to a thermostat tl}lit iWW
heating and air cogdltloning.
However, instead of sQnt#411}pg
temperature, a chemic l CQAtr-I
ler conptantly :.lr
.CplatQa flowing tra
1}Y@tem l?
llpll P p '
Fha ee in 1 ut r ? ';
ajgtn r
P11 *4 tiwy cur. ,'
then activates the proper #a .gr
or pump to add the pQ &!s
amount of sanltizeY to
OiR
TWO major ae111,11110
chemical con'o11eri, i t
"duce ffgih t Qom
y r rp4pct l bl I
for Kruger Qa?IA, 'g .$aii ;
Ana, Calif.-based Ait }`
chemical controllers. weyW
the mop im
t pA Fly el
g a poR A1!# l np f?e1?.
a
keeper the p too
repair pool
the pool c
twined by
"Witt} cl
l tinuQus
1n,g charm
demaiids Q the PQL?1'' #aid. t r
McCollum, president pf 4q
Controllers, a Houstop pa ;4d
manufacturer. "Chemical cps?.
lers eliminate the peaks apt}
leys in chemical balance cur when a pool }p g}apgg
AQUATICS, MARCH/APRIL 1989
ot it
Man
sp
Wr
hyt ,
? i
?
_
'AfflP
A
tt
I
pg
:u4 `
, a
#p
- 1
n 10. wit,
ktltl!!e. ??
nr.l x W.w,_
11 ant
Z9
-d
A Customized Plan Is the Wiest Dofense
E
ANNIE CLEW
A risk management system is created to enable profes-
sionals to identify, evaluate and control loss to em-
ployers, employees, participants and the public in general.
Although loss is not the only factor that can cause legal li-
ability, it is the factor most often cited in aquatics.
However, the ability of a risk management system to re-
duce accidents and the losses caused by those accidents de-
pends upon how well the system is designed and imple-
mented.
The components for a risk management system are dic-
tated by the design of the facility, its proposed programs,
the customs of its management and the requirements of the
swimming and diving profession. Following are guidelines
that can be used to create a risk management system for
an aquatic facility.
The first step is to identify all areas of exposure to risk,
including the facility itself, equipment, supervision, and
emergency and accident procedures.
Facilities
When establishing a plan, the following aspects of the fa-
cility should be considered:
• Swimming pools must meet local health standards.
These standards should be known and a process should be
created to assure they are maintained.
• Systems should be created for monthly, daily and eve
more frequent testing and inspection.
• Both indoor and outdoor facilities should be inspected
frequently for hazards and cleanliness.
• New construction should be supervised closely. Con-
servative recommendations should be followed when con-
sidering pool depth, the placement of starting blocks and
diving boards, and provisions for diving from the edges of
the pool.
• Aspects of a facility's design that create hazards, such
as sharp edges, inadequate lighting, protruding objects or
slippery floors, should be identified and remedied.
• A record of all property should be available in the event
of loss by fire or vandalism.
e All equipment, mounted or free ptanding, should be
*aned and inspected according to a monthly, weekly or
64y schedule.
A safety system that provides pogeney lighting in
the event of a power outage should be available.
t Manufacturers' and retailers' ip trpctiona and warn-
lags should be posted so that all participants are aware of
them.
• A master list of equipment should exist. Special atten-
tion should be given to lifesaving equipment.
Supervision
Specific behavioral guidelines should be followed by those
participating in aquatic activities and enforced by those
who are supervising the participants. Consider the follow-
ing when establishing these guidelines:
• A code of behavior, including penalties for offenses,
should be established, published and enforced.
• Horse play and other risk-related activities should be
banned.
• Control over pool activities should be maintained at all
times. An effective system for rapidly removing all partici-
pants from the water should be devised. Safety procedures
should be rehearsed periodically.
• Only participants who have demonstrated advanced
abilities and mastery of the prerequisites should be permit-
ted to participate in activities that require advanced skills.
• The roles and expectations of lifeguards and teachers
should be clearly defined and executed accordingly.
Emergency Procedures
Even when all possible precautions are taken, accidents
still occur. Proper reporting and handling of these acci-
dents can limit the loss.
• Accident procedures should be thoughtfully designed
and prepared in writing. These procedures should include
transportation and should be rehearsed by personnel.
• Lifeguards should be able to administer immediate and
temporary care.
• Accident forms should be designed to record details of
the accident in an objective manner. They should include
statements from the victim, if possible; the supervisor,
teacher or lifeguard on duty; and two witnesses.
Accident reports should be retained according to the
recommendations of legal counsel.
n
Vulnerability
The documents used to identify t rJaM involved with
*ilities and equipment should be deed to identify the vul-
aerability of an aquatic activity. Vulneraility can be de-
ped as the potential loss or the amount of risk involved
>4lth a particular activity or aspect of a facility.
After determining the level of vulnerability for each ac-
tivity, the aquatic professional should examine methods of
controlling or reducing liability. The facility can accept the
risk or choose one of the following alternatives: change the
activity, eliminate the activity or transfer the risk through
insurance.
Equipment
When establishing procedures for reducing equipment
risks, the following should be considered:
• Statutes of the state that refer to equipment should be
i known and followed.
AQIIATICS MARCH/APRIL 1989
Annie Clement, Ph.D., J.D., is a practicing attorney and
a professor of physical education at Cleveland State Univer-
sity, Cleveland, Ohio.
39
LEAGUE
LEADERS
PERMALOCK:
A steel charnel & cp ayb
tern for a light solid floor
with a 'last" ptayksg sur-
face.
POWERSTRIIP-
L nailed sys-
tem with superior anti-
buckling and ars6-warping
control.
DURACUSHION:
Three complete floating
floor systems that combine
the best of shock absorb-
ency with uniform resil-
ience and fast play.
POWERSTRw It
Here's a fine system com-
t>ining superior nafl holeksg
capabilities with uniform
resilience and shock ab-
sorbency -. the beat 1d
surface" youl fir!
011112-TTTS
The "Buckle-Resistant"
system ideal as a replace-
ment floor installed over
erg
Here are two "League Leaders" from
AGA! When you're talking great sports
floors ... Hardwood Maple Sports Floors
... you're talking about one of the five
systems engineered for leadership by
AGA!
there's no doubt about it, AGA Floor
Systems put you on top of the compe-
tition whether your sports floors
service Juniors, Seniors, or the pros ...
... and if that surface supports a multi-
tude of activities additional to sports,
Well ... here's where you really appre-
ciate being on top of the rest!
Hygienic, sanitary, light, bright, and
durable, AGA Maple Floor Systems
offer wide ranges of engineering appli-
cations for every need ... and they're the
best surface you can use ... bar none!
FMF
P.O. Box 246
Amass, Michigan 49903
- --°
Phone: 906-822-7311
FAX: 906-822-7800
Championship Maple Sports Floors
c da 20 aw keek
30 ATHLETIC BUSINESS August 1989 1 0
SPORTS SC'A'TS
Computer Software
'pub you in the game'
Progttot:
Athletic directors
u Accouhting
• Baseball
• Basketball
• Football
• Injuries
• Inventoty
11 Practice
• School records
11 Track
• Weight
• Wrestling
CE E I if TV
Patron Member M
320 Brookes Drive
NIAAA Suite 231
Hazelwood, Mo. 122 ew IIi Iy teed
SSI can help you a"rd+
pick the right
identification card
or badge for your security needs.
SSI will manufacture a simple employee badge
with or without a photo to sophisticated
entry/access or timetattendance badge utilizing
magnetic stripe, barcode and other types of
encoding.
Call SSI and pick your
card. Ask about our ?j
full line of photo I.D. v IA
Camera Systems and 1400.654.3268 r
(? I laminators.
Circle 23 on Reply Cwd
32 ATHLETIC BUSINESS August 1989
FOR MORE INFORMATION
CALL 1-800-22STATS
In MO. 1-800-392-6031
that component. A 50-meter
competitive pool Is fine for
facilities that are positioned
to host several major compe-
titions. but for most facili-
ties. that's not an effective
use of space. In the same
amount of space required to
build a 50-meter pool-say
20.000 square feet-it's pos-
sible to build a 25-yard lap
pool and a leisure/amuse-
ment pool, which should
result in higher usage and
more revenue.
How much facility can
you afford? (See "Revenue-
Supported Bonds:' Figure 5
on page 32).
Suppose that you have
determined the following
usage capacity. based on
defined program needs: 400
users per day for a lap pool.
800 per day for a leisure
pool. 80 per day for four rac-
quetball courts: 300 per day
for a gymnasium. 220 per
day for aerobics rooms and
300 per day for a strength-
train ingkardiovascular area.
That gives you a projected
capacity of 2.100 users per
day. but the facility will not
normally operate at capac-
ity. so it's necessary to apply
an occupancy factor. such as
65 percent. That projects to
1.365 users per day and (as-
suming per-person revenue
of $4.75 per day) $6.483.75
26 ATHLETIC BUSINESS August 1989 ¢irde 16 on Reply Card
facility, so there are no land
acquisition costs.
Likewise, utility develop-
ment costs will depend on
whether the site is in an
already-developed area or an
area requiring significant
utility extension. We cite a'
$130,000 cost, which would
tend to be on the high end.
Testing service costs and
permit fees vary according to
locale.
Perhaps most significant
is the cost of infrastructure
improvement, such as park-
ing, lighting, sidewalks and
signage. A multilevel park-
ing garage will add consider-
able cost. We've assumed
surface parking and $2.50
per square foot ($109,900
per acre) in improvement
cost.
Professional fees: Fees for
architects, engineers and
other professionals will vary
according to the complexity
of the program. Architects'
and engineers' fees (exclud-
ing site design fees) will typi-
cally range from 6.5 to 9.5
percent of the construction
budget, depending on the
size, scope and complexity
of the proposed project.
Construction costs: For
our example. we've assumed
an overall per-square-foot
cost (building only) of
$84.75, which is a fairly
middle-of-the-road number.
The range is roughly from
$60 per square foot for a very
utilitarian facility to $110 per
square foot for one with
high-quality finishes.
The local market will also
affect per-square-foot cost.
For example. in a highly
unionized market, prevailing
wages will tend to be higher,
even for non-union workers,
and an active local construc-
tion economy will also drive
costs up.
Figure 3 on page 29 indi-
cates a breakdown of con-
struction costs. Cost per
square foot for each compo-
nent is intended to reflect
the cost contribution of that
component to the facility as
a whole.
Furniture, fixtures and
equipment (FF&E): There
are a variety of ways of deal-
ing with the FF&E issue. The
numbers listed in Figure 4
on page 30 are based on
purchasing everything new,
which means that the entire
We 19 on Reply Card August 1989 ATHLETIC BUSINESS 29
SWIMMING & DIVING'
Aquatic Standards fot High 5thools
The following are the National Federation of State High School Association's currently recom-
mended standard dimensions for sanctioned high school aquatic competition:
Length and Width
Minimum Standards
For more information contact:
Notional Federation of State High School Associations
P.O. Box 20626
Kansas City, MO 64195
(816) 464-5400
Standard Dimensions for Public Swimming Pools
The following are the currently recommended standard dimensions for Class B and Class
C public swimming pools,'-not designed for sanctioned competition.
MINIMUM DIMENSIONS FOR DMNG PORTION OF CLASS S AND C POOLS
(This drawing does not show the shallow portion or taw pool)
a-? Orpiral 00MI 0 , M 110 M 000,4
MMIM b R. A
R. A R. a ,.,.,.., ..- PLC R. 0
I ? ' r 11' Mal YOV!
11•MU. Meg. -+ • aMin. S
D1 Min.
I„ Or Min.
`per' I , t., rt M... paw u...s
/ tMtO my pawCM.1C
s M... slew.
{r l1+ -Ltwn. -- LLwn.?lAawn,.
I Mln.
LO MM. -
NOR: 41.. bawl.., dmMeaan b.he a t1aMM Nq0 POpNM IM board. T is Tar 00
pawn as McIM,ed Mien Iiw.11MhM.0011wn 01T. peal
00LAR0 OM N0 sDIer.rxr
.
ool
O
010515
NAx.
MAX BOARD
Y a '•N•r•"•
MOO
1
N Or.O
OL AT:
a0AA0
LOOT" NOT.
O?BI wARA 01 02 s L1 LL is LA LL 01.0 n.s PT.C
w IC rtenw.n r rr Ur - 44 1ro..
M It WrtI111.4
r r t ! e An
via if 1MMr t r f 1r 1,117 7141 4 r D ..
LL 1a • n'd tzr rr sr 1Or Tr • Lrr r NO'
L1, L. and L. combined represent the minimum distance from the tip of the board to pool wall opposite diving
equipment
For board heights exceeding 3 meters, see Article 3.5.4,
NOTE Placement of boards shall observe the following minimum dimensions. With multiple board installations
minimum pool widths must be increased accordingly.
Deck level board to pool side ...................... ..... ..8' For more information contact:
I meter board to pool side. . ........................... 10' National Spa and Pool Institute
3 meter board to pool side ................ ....... .. 1P 2111 Eisenhower Avenue
1 meter or deck level board to 3 meter board ..
I meter or deck level to another I meter or deck level board , ,
..8' Alexandria, Vq?2314 4678
Q
may,
3 meter to another 3 meter board ............ .... . ... . .. N' (703) 838083
• The swimming pool shall be either 75 feet long
or 82.021 feet (25 meters) long, measured from
the inside walls or from the tile or timing devices
attached to the walls. Width shall be at least
45 feet, and 60 feet is recommended.
• Ines shall be a minimum of 7 feet wide.
Depth
• Swimming-Water depth shall be a minimum
of 31/2 feet.
• Diving-Measured from a distance at any
point 2-5 feet in front of the board, water depth
shall be a minimum of 10 feet, with 12 or more
feet preferred. Pools remodeled or constructed
after January 1987 shall have a water depth of
at least 12 feet. (See diagram)
• Cleorance-6 feet from the end of the diving
board to the anchoring pool wall; 8 feet from
the side of the board to another board; 10 feet
from the side of the board to a pool wall; 29
feet from the end of the board to the forward
pool wall; 16 feet from the top of the board to
the ceiling overhead.
Depth
• Swimming-In Class B and C pools, water
depths at the shallow end of the swimming area
shall be 3 feet minimum with three feet six inches
minimum for racing pools. Exceptions may be
made in a recessed area of the main swimming
pool, outside of the competitive and/or swim-
ming course, when the pool is of an irregular
shape with the permission of the state or local
authority.
• Diving-Class B and C pools intended for div-
ing shall conform to the minimum water depths,
areas, slopes and other dimensions shown in
Article 4.7 and shall be located in the diving area
of the pool so as to provide the minimum dimen-
sions as shown in Article 3.6.1. Competitive div-
ing equipment shall not be installed in Class B
and C pools.
There stroll be a completely unobstructed clear
vertical distance of 13 feet above any diving
board, measured from the center of the front end
of the board. This area shall extend horizontal-
ly at least 8 feet behind, 8 feet to each side and
16 feet ahead of point A. (See diagram)
According too spokesperson for the National
Spa and Pool Institute (NSPI), this standard has
been submitfbd to the American National Stan-
dards Institute for approval. American Notion-
al Standards, once approved, may be revised at
any time. Make sure that you have the latest edi-
tion of this standard by ordering the NSPI-1 Stan-
dard for Public Swimming Pools from the NSPI.
Gt--6' 10 20'
yssyS?
SWIMMING & DIVING
International and National Competition
There area number of sanctioning organizations for national and international amateur competi-
tion. Included here are the facility standards of FINA (the Federation Internationale de Notation
Amateur) and one of its U.S. affiliates, United States Swimming Inc.
FINA Standards
• Length-50 meters. When touch panels or
electronic timing devices are used, the pool must
be of such length that ensures the required dis-
tance between the panels.
• Width-21 meters.
• Depth-1.8 meters
• Number of lanes-8.
• Width of lanes-2.5 meters, with spaces of
50 centimeters outside of lanes one and eight.
A lane rope must separate these spaces from
lanes one and eight.
U.S. Swimming Standards
• Length-Long course, 50 meters (164 feet, 1/2
inch); short course, 25 yards or 25 meters (82
feet, '/. inch).
• Width-Eight lanes, 2.75 meters (9 feet) in
width (centerline to centerline), with approxi-
mately .43 meters (11/2 feet) outside lanes one
and eight.
• Water depth-For notional championships
and international competition, 2 meters (6 feet,
7 inches) throughout the course. For all other
competition, a minimum of 4 feet (1.22 meters).
NCAA Recommended Pool Standards
The following are NCAA standard pool dimensions. These are recommended dimensions
for collegiate competition only, and specifications are subject to annual review and
change.
)O?MtI E 36111.•
P 10114tH Yt
oytlN 0o ue
Na•IOIM •1.IY
P141W.M
L ...7 Plumm.l
-_A t 1
1,0? n•4Y
Mln- IO K 110
loOM?. 3Y?111.
LONGITUDINAL SECTION
2C
F 6
30'MOO 30 me.
06.680.1.
C
P1611
L I • P1rAl?1
I
D11 p01M SPRING BOARD PLATFORM
FWA
DY11r1Oiaw a we M
Mm"
I Move
3 M•ma
S MW"
7.5 Mora
10 MUM
0NY9 Foo•as LENGTH 4.80 4,00 6.00 6.00 8.00
WIDTH 0.50 010 110 1.50 2.60
HEMaHT 1.60 300 5.00 7.50 10.00
ROw1o010 IN Jon 1967 = Von Haft Vol HaY Vol 11010 Vor1 Haft Vol
F,,, m ow" Dnovbon A-I A-3 A-8 A-7.5 A.10
A BACK TO POOL WALL MiNmwn 1.60 I AG 125 1.50 1.50
Fmm pwmltl DaiyWbn AASwl AA7.51311 AAIO&WI
AA BADE TO PLATFORM
ow-14 YIMal bNbw
IW.o.
ISO
1.50
1.50
Fqm pew" to Dapno6On B-I 6.3 9-5 B-7.S B-10
B POOL WALL AT SIDE Miwmwn 250 3.50 4.25 4.50 5.25
Fran pwmM to Doofplnon U1 C-3WI C-Swi C-7.515.Jj1 1W754 II
C ADJACENT PLUMMET WoN,,wn 2.40 200 2.50 2.50 2.75
From pw,M Io Ooignoion D-1 0-3 D-5 D-7.5 D-10
D POOL WALL AHEAD Mi1Mwn 900 10.25 10.25 11.00 13.50
On plnwnw, 6om Dupn.Son E-1 E.3 E.6 E-7.5 E-10
E BOARD TO CEILING Mroam 6.00 500 3.50 3.50 SAO
CLEAR OVERHEAD Doogn lon F-1 E-1 F-3 E-3 F•5 E-6 F-7.5 E-7.5 F•10 9.10
F Bnw.woach
we 11 ow"
Hawn
260
5.00
2.50
6.00
2.75
350
2.76
3.50
2.75
6.00
CLEAR OVERHEAD D INgn ion 04 E-I 0-3 E-3 0-5 E3 0-7.6 E-7.5 0.10 E-10
G w oa a Pew L% - .n 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 540 3.50 8.00 3.50 6.00 500
DEPTH OF WATER Doolpuson H-I H-3 H-S W7.5 0-10
H .I plnwnol M ionln 3.50 3.60 4.00 4.500 6.00
DISTANCE AND DEPTH D.•Onoam J-I K-I J-3 K-3 J-5 K3 17.5 K-7.5 J-10 K-10
J-K AAOW d ow" AWIO1.wn 5.00 3.40 6.60 3.70 6.00 3.90 0.00 4.40 11.00 4.75
DISTANCE AND DEPTH D.ognlon L-1 M1 L-3 M3 L-5 M-5 1.75 M7.5 L-10 M10
L-M Adl two of ow- w MOwmtn 1.50 3.40 2.00 3.70 4.25 3.90 450 4.40 625 4.75
N MAXIMUM SLOPE TO
REDUCE DIMENSIONS
bgold Iv MpuYOmoMO
PaA Do061
C4irp HI
30 owe"
30 aopw NOTE: Dinonogro C DI IO1 b oMMM 0~61) WPPM ow
Plieli O w121 w16" a otloLsd. ft
wdw P15Bam Ylaow C by PO6 6• olMealr t40LKo)
Reprinted by permission of the NCAA from the 1988 NCAA Men's and Women's Swimming
and Diving Rules.
For more information contact:
United States Swimming Inc.
1750 East Boulder Street
Colorado Springs, CO 80909-5770
(719) 578-4578
For more information contact:
Notional Collegiate Athletic Association
Nall Avenue at 63rd Street
P.O. Box 1906
Mission, KS 66201
(913) 384-3220
Long Course Swimming Pool
• Preferred The pool should be 50 meters, 2.54
centimeters (164 feet, 1 inch) in length by 75 feet,
I inch (22.89 meters) in width, providing for
eight 9-foot (2.74-meter) lanes with additional
width outside lanes one and eight. Optional:
nine 8-foot (2.44-meter) lanes or 10 7-foot
(2.13-meter) lanes.
• Acceptable-The pool should be 50 meters,
2.54 centimeters (164 feet, 1 inch) in length by
60 feet (18.29 meters) in width, providing for
eight 7-foot (2.13-meter) lanes, with additional
width outside lanes one and eight.
Short Course Swimming Pool
• Preferred-The pool should be 75 feet, 1 inch
(22.89 meters) in length, 60 feet (18.29 meters)
in width, providing for eight 7-foot (2.13-meter)
lanes with additional width outside lanes one
and eight.
• Acceptable-The pool should be 75 feet, 1
inch (22.89 meters) or 25 meters, 2.54 cen-
timeters in length. The pool should be 60 feet
(18.29 meters) in width, providing for eight 7-foot
(2.13-meter) lanes; or 45 feet (13.72-meters) in
width, providing for six 7-foot lanes with addi-
tional width outside lanes one and six.
• Depth-Minimum depth for swimming pool
is four feet (1.22 meters).
Diving Pool
• Preferred-The pool should be 60 feet (18.29
meters) in length by 45 feet (13.72 meters) in
width [long course 75 feet (22.86 meters) by 60
feet (18.29 meters)), equipped with two 1-meter
and two 3-meter springboards and diving tow-
er, providing takeoff platforms at 5, 7.5 and 10
meters. Water depth should be from 12 to 17 feet
(3.66 to 5.18 meters) as per the accompanying
diagram.
• Acceptable-The diving pool may be separat-
ed from or incorporated within the swimming
pool. Dimensions and depth should meet the
minimum standards specified in the accompany-
ing diagram, and should be equipped with two
1-meter and two 3-meter springboards.
I q0
DIAGRAMMATIC CROSS SECTION
UT yj &k, MAJ
A 'N -0
Take the Plunge - A Plan for Diving
usa
BY JANET L. GABRIEL
Pool owners, executive directors, boards of directors and
aquatic management specialists are being faced with a
basic decision: Do we keep or remove the competitive div-
ing board?
Many of these decisions have been made throughout the
country without the benefit of the facts regarding diving
safety issues. Many would-be decision-makers have allowed
this decision, so crucial to U.S. Diving's (USD) future
Olympic efforts, to be made for them.
The impact of the product liability crisis in this country
has been felt by everyone in aquatics. When insurance pre-
miums are prohibitive, the diving programs are cancelled
and the diving boards are removed. Just as aquatic facili-
ties benefit in overall management effectiveness by hiring
a specialist in the aquatic/water fitness field, these same
facilities benefit from being insured by an insurance car-
rier specializing in sport risk management. In addition,
diving facilities used by USD member clubs for practice
sessions or competitions may obtain Third Party Liability
coverage through USD at no charge.
Safety Records
The existence of a pool already has increased liability ex-
posure to a state of absolute liability. Diving boards them-
selves do not increase a facility's liability exposure. What
increases the exposure and causes changes in insurance
premiums, are the people who use the diving boards. It is
important to distinguish between the types of diving board
users.
In order to answer the diving board removal question, a
distinction must be made between the competitive sport of
diving and the recreational sport of "diving" enjoyed by
recreational swimmers. Competitive diving is a sport in-
volving head- and feet-first water entries from 1-meter and
3-meter springboards or 3-, 5-, 7.5- and 10-meter platforms
where an athlete performs a list of dives according to the
rules and regulations of a national and/or international
governing body. Recreational "diving" is plunging head-
first into the water.
Competitive diving has suffered a poor image by being
as
associated with injuries caused by dives into water that
have no connection to the sport of competitive diving. USD
accident claims indicate no record of a fatal or catastrophic
injury and the National Collegiate Athletic Association
(NCAA), Mission, Kan., and the National Federation of
State High School Associations (NFSHSA), Kansas City,
Kan., report no record of fatal or catastrophic injuries in
competitive diving. In 80 years of competitive diving in the
United States, there is no record of a fatality or cata-
strophic injury connected with a training session or diving
competition.
Diving Safety: A Position Paper, a 1988 overview of risk
research and statistics compiled by USD, indicates that
drowning and near-drowning accounts for 75 percent of the
total risk for spas, pools and associated equipment. Recre-
ational 'sdiving" accounts for only 8 percent of the total
risk. The majority of spinal cord injuries (SCIs) caused by
"diving" are a result of no supervision.
• 75 percent of SCIs resulting in quadri9legia occurred in
the natural aquatic environment - which generally is un-
supervised.
• 25 percent of the recreational "diving" SCIs that re-
sulted in quadriplegia (approximately 63 injuries per year)
occurred in swimming pools.
• 95 percent of the recreational "diving" SCIs resulting in
quadriplegia occurred in the shallow rather than in the deep
diving area of the pool.
• 89 percent of the "diving" SCIs in pools occurred in res-
idential, motel, hotel or apartment pools - pools where
there are usually no lifeguards on duty.
• 85 percent of the "diving" SCIs in pools occurred with no
qualified lifeguard, instructor or coach present.
Understanding who is at risk in these "diving" injuries is
important for the prevention of spinal cord injuries in
aquatic facilities. The victims in the study were predomi-
nantly adult males, 13 years or older with little or no for-
mal training. Approximately half of the victims consumed
alcoholic beverages prior to the accident. Most of these in-
juries resulted from horseplay and injudicious behavior.
By definition, a competitive diving program does not fit
the scenario of "diving" injuries described by these statis-
tics. There are no U.S. Diving clubs training in the natural
aquatic environments of rivers, lakes and oceans. Compet-
itive diving is conducted in the deep end or diving well of a
pool. All of USD's insurance claims are for non-cata-
strophic injuries sustained, for the most part, in competi-
tion and practice - not from horseplay. Competitive diving
is a structured, well-supervised activity.
Reducing Risks
Perhaps instead of removing boards used in competitive
programs, it would be more constructive for decision-mak-
ers to be asking, "Why does competitive diving in this
country have such an exemplary safety record?"
Aquatic facilities must implement a risk management
system for their competitive diving programs that will en-
able them to create and maintain an exemplary safety rec-
ord. There are many layers of protection that should be
associated with competitive diving programs.
Ptoper supervision of the diving area constitutes one
1? AQUATICS, MAY/JUNE 1989
r:41& r:V Pht11 A,OW...
LET US QUOTE DELIVERED PRICES
ON YOUR NEXT PROJECT
OI?beryliet lblea ItS cbare Steel Wank lirlnk
mmm
S dv Able: UINr 111e1691'hd9
ASK FOR PAP-15 CATALOG
GSA CONThACt No. GS07F14241
KAY PAAK - RAC COAP
JANESVILLOA 319-987-2313
Circle 29 on reader reply card
Fun for all ages.
SPLASH! Attracts greater revenues.
Creates new excitement.
Have more fun, more excitement with a Natural
Structures pool slide (Model #301-26). The
5' high deck Is vinyl coated and Is connected to
4x4 powder coated steel posts with 518" bolts.
For greater Safety, the railings are 42" high and
the slide Is a polyethylene, tubular design.
Call Or Write
Natural Structures
P.O. Box 727 503-625-2566
Sherwood, Oregon 97140 FAX 503-625.6664
Circle 30 on reader reply card
40
layer. Competitive diving is an activity supervised by
coaches and conducted in a confined space with a clear line
of sight which enhances the coaches' ability to control the
activity.
Training for competitive divers is another facet of t
HA management system. Competitive diving training in-
cludes the specific methods of water entry as required in
the sport of diving. Entries are made from heights varying
from 1 meter to 10 meters and from virtually every posi-
tion and direction possible - such as spinning and twisting
- as an integral part of each dive list. The aerial and un-
derwater skills inherent in the performance of a competi-
tive dive are much more sophisticated than the skills re-
quired for a simple shallow-water entry from the deck of a
pool. The structure of diving competitions where a variety
of dives are performed from every dive group gives partic-
ipants the opportunity to learn diving maneuvers. The very
essence of the training in competitive diving is water en-
try, awareness and anticipation.
Safety awareness, education and communication in-
cluding the knowledge of proper training procedures,
emergency procedures, legal responsibilities and the proper
care and maintenance of equipment is another layer.
Regulations that promote diving safety also are an inte-
gral part of the risk management system. These regula-
tions include pool rules; contest formats commensurate
with the age and skill level of the participants; require-
ments for obtaining a meet sanction; and governing-body
facility recommendations. FINA (Federation Internation-
ale De Natation Amateur), the international governing
body of competitive swimming and diving, publishes diving
well dimensions including depth requirements recom-
mended by USD.
In addition, USD soon will offer two new program.
supplement existing risk management strategies. A I
national safety certification course will be offered ?..
aquatic management personnel who attend the 1989 U.S.
Aquatic Sports Convention, September 17-24, in Portland,
Ore.
Also, a learn-to-dive program has been structured to pro-
vide opportunities for experiencing both feet-first and head-
first water entries. Learn-to-dive fundamentals are de-
signed for individuals with little or no formal diving expe-
rience. Learn-to-dive program implementation is scheduled
for January 1990.
There is one other factor that contributes to diving safety
that deserves recognition: the competitive diving board it-
self. As the world witnessed at the 1988 Summer Olympics
in Seoul, South Korea, U.S. Olympic diver Greg Louganis
hit his head on the 3-meter board in the preliminary round
and went on to win the Gold Medal in the finals. The com-
petitive diving board is an extremely forgiving product.
Diving boards are being removed from aquatic facilities
as a result of the product liability crisis in insurance pre-
miums, not as a result of a poor competitive diving safety
record. This blindfold mentality of removing diving boards
from facilities throughout the country is occurring at a cru-
cial time for USD's future Olympic efforts.
U.S. Diving encourages aquatic professionals to evaluate
their competitive diving safety records and consult diving
studies and statistics before deciding whether to remove or
keep their competitive diving boards.
Janet L. Gabriel is the director of education, safet:
development for U.S. Diving Inc., Indianapolis, Ind. For
more information, contact U.S. Diving, Pan American
Plaza, 801 S. Capitol Ave., Suite 430, Indianapolis, Ind.
46225 or call (317) 237-5258.
AQUATICS, MAY/JUNE 1989
guards must be assessed periodically by the facility
manager, regardless of the certification held.
The number of guards required and the degree of care
expected of a lifeguard is proportional to the danger that
is known or can reasonably be expected. Groups par-
ticipating in high-risk activities-those composed of non-
swimmers, young children, those on medication, and
handicapped youngsters-must be kept under particu-
larly close supervision.
Guards must leave their areas of responsibility in emer-
gency situations only. Mere absence from one's supervi-
sory post is not negligence per se, but it does leave the
guard. and consequently the pool owner, vulnerable.
although a plaintiff would have to show that the guard's
absence was the cause of his or her injury.
Since It Is reasonable to expect that guards would oc-
casionally have to leave their stations to address an emer-
gency, It's expected that the facility would have a plan
for providing appropriate supervision and support in
such situations.
5. Provide appropriate facilities and equipment. A
minimum chlorine residual of 1.0 parts per million and
a pH level of between 7.4 and 7.6 must be maintained
at all times. Facilities and equipment must meet any
existing standards, be properly designed and main-
tained, and should be inspected regularly for defects,
wear and tear, and tampering.
The facility checklist on page 72 is generic and should
only be used as a point of departure in the development
of a checklist for a particular facility. Checklists should
be dated, signed and filed. They provide documentation
that a safety audit did indeed take place.
Consideration should be given to making the 3-meter
diving board available only for competition use.
Consult a licensed electrician to ensure that a facility
is in compliance with local electrical code requirements.
Use a ground fault circuit interrupter on all circuits in
the pool area. Use battery-operated appliances whenever
possible: do not use extension cords.
Lifesaving equipment-reaching poles, shepherd's
crooks, ring buoys and spine boards-must be checked
every few days to see that they are in good, safe condition.
6. Use an ample number of signs to enhance safety.
Signs should contain both printing and graphics that
convey messages that can't be misunderstood. Use mul-
tilingual signs where needed. Signs should be posted in
locations where they can't be missed.
7. Provide proper Instruction. There must be preser-
vice and regular inservice training for all employees. For
example. guards must know that the guard stands are
to be kept near the edge of the pool. All employees should
know what is expected of them should an emergency
occur while they are on duty.
It's equally important to provide proper instruction for
patrons of the facility. Obtain the best qualified instruc-
tors available. It would be better not to offer classes in
swimming, diving and small craft operation than to offer
inaccurate, obsolete information or have it presented in
an incompetent manner,
8. Chemicals should be handled with due care.
Materials used to maintain water quality should be
treated with tremendous respect. Label directions and
precautions should be followed to the letter. Procedures
to be followed If and when a chlorine leak occurs should
be as well known to the staff as the action plan for water
rescues.
9. Keep the pool area securely locked when thefacil-
ity is not open. 'Ihke every reasonable precaution to pre-
vent unauthorized use of the facility. Failure to do so
could result in the facility manager being held to owe a
often stated that it is as important to treat the cause of
the injury as it is the injury itself. Clearly. one of the most
effective means of focusing on causes is to implement
an injury report system. While reports individually and
collectively should contain enough information to enable
those analyzing them to spot unsafe conditions or haz-
ardous procedures, they should not be written in such
a manner that they invite a lawsuit. If the individual com-
pleting the report was not a witness to the accident, this
fact should be reflected In the report.
While many injuries can and must be avoided,
some are unavoidable. Consequently, pool managers
must be concerned not only with the strategies for
preventing avoidable injuries, but also with ways to han-
dle unavoidable injuries without aggravating the condi-
tion of the individual.
Individuals-and consequently
their employers-are liable when
they fail to exhibit an appropriate
stdndard of care for the safety of
everyone on the premises.
M
Judicial expectations regarding the performance of
various aspects of aquatic facility management are
reflected in case law and can be translated into guide-
lines for handling sudden illnesses and unavoidable
injuries, just as they are instructive in preventing injuries.
The following guidelines will better prepare facility
managers and staff members to make skilled, knowl-
edgeable, confident and poised responses in emergency
situations. Aquatic personnel should-
* Have written injury/illness and water rescue poli-
cies and procedures. Reasonable effort must be made
to be certain that these statements are understood by the
entire staff. Patrons should also have a general under-
standing of the statements.
Examples of questions that need to be answered in this
document include: Who will administer first aid? How
will remaining swimmers be supervised if a water res-
cue is required? Who will contact the parents of injured
children? Under what conditions will the decision to have
the injured examined by a physician be made by facility
staff? (Except in serious medical emergencies, this de-
cision should be made by a parent.) Which ambulance
is to be called if one is needed? Who will accompany an
injured child to the hospital if no parent or guardian is
available?
• Possess f first aid and CPR knowledge and skills (not
necessarily certification). It's important that staff mem-
bers know what to do in those medical emergencies that
could reasonably be expected. These competencies in-
crease the chances of the injured receiving proper care.
Obtaining such knowledge and skills is a logical out-
growth of concern for patrons and reflects an apprecia-
tion of the possibility of injuries and preparation for
them.
Refrain from diagnosing and treating injuries. This is
tpe prerogative of medical personnel. Most aquatic per-
trespasser the same duty owed an invitee or licensee..' sonnel do not possess the academic training or license
10. Institute a well-designed injury report system. It's for diagnosing injuries or illnesses.
74 ATHLETIC BUSINESS December 1989
•--Have lifesaving equipment and first aid supplies
available at all times and check that these ttern* are
In good condition every few days. A telephone should
be located near the pool. Among other phone numbers,
the number to reach the fire department, police, hospi-
tal and an ambulance should be posted near the phone.
• Practice procedures to be used with the enttrestqff
in a medical emergency or water rescue. Some prac-
tices should be held during times of heavy facility use.
• Have a comprehensive accident insurance plan.
While assisting an injured patron with medical and
hospital expenses is the primary purpose of such cover-
age, accident insurance may also actually reduce the
Have lifesaving equipment and
first aid supplies available at
all times and check that these
items are in good condition
every few days.
chances of a tort suit being filed. Much litigation is in-
itiated because a severely injured person is faced with
high injury-related costs and no means of paying the
bills. The stimulus of possible personal bankruptcy-
as contrasted with a genuine belief that someone has
negligently caused an injury-coupled with the belief
that one may have a potentially successful suit, has led
to numerous injury-related lawsuits.
If a facility manager breaches, or is alleged to
have breached, one of these duties, certain defenses are
or could be available. Although defenses in tort litigation
are not the focus of this article, some defenses should
be mentioned briefly.
It has been said that some defenses are like life
jackets-if you don't give them any thought until you
need them, they simply won't be available. The best
defense is to be able to show that the injury was the result
of an accident. An accident is something that occurs
without fault on the part of anyone. Authentic accidents
cannot be prevented.
Another excellent defense is to have good paperwork.
Accident report forms, facility checklists, state reports,
staff manuals, lesson plans, manufacturers' instrucl4ons
and warnings from chemical companies are examples
of documents that should be kept on file. Some of these
items, such as accident report forms and facility check-
lists, should be kept for up to 20 years.
It's important for a facility manager to know that the
"act of God" defense is not a defense in most cases. In
almost all cases, it is human failure that causes injury,
not an uncontrollable act of nature. A facility manager
cannot control lightning; however, he or she can and
must control those using a facility, and patrons should
not be where they can be hit by lightning.
Facility owners and managers are much more likely
today than ever to become involved in negligence litiga-
tion. Time invested in preventing avoidable Injuries and
in preparing for unavoidable injuries is time well in-
vested. ?
Don E. Arnold, P.E.D., is an assistant professor of physical
education at the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign.
A consultant in litigation, Arnold owns and manages a swim
club in Champaign.
0..2!3.168
• Independent Access
P Custom Trimmed To
Fit All Pools
• Easily Removed For
Other Programs
• Economical
Open your pool to 001d -
everyone-call us: wchjolo? inc.
"JW SON ST., SYRACUSE, NY 13206
1-800-729-7514 219 LAM
We 49 on Reply Cad
Pool Chemistry
Control System
U , L.
1406 East Wilshire Avenue, Santa Ana, California 92705, U.S.A., (714) 547-5165
G 19W K uW & Ech&s, Inc.
06 71 on Reply Card December 1989 ATHLETIC BUSINESS 75
EASY LADDER°-Access for
elderly or infirm individuals.
TRANSFER TIER"-Access for disabled individuals.
? Save Time • Save Money
9 Eliminate Guesswork
Send for our FREE Brochure
SPECIAL REPQRTrAQUATICS
Playing it safe in the pool
by Don E. Arnold
Unicorn (Wohn W. Mayo
A system to prevent
avoidable injuries
and prepare for the
unavoidable ones
may be the best
defense yet against
the consequences of inadequate
aquatic supervision.
It's probable that every aquatic facility that
has been in operation for more than a cou-
ple of years has had or will be the setting
for a serious injury. This estimate is not an
indication that aquatic personnel are fail-
ing to carry out their duties, since no
amount of knowledge, skill and diligence
can prevent all injuries. Clearly, many of
the individuals injured each year have con-
tributed substantially to their own injuries.
All too often, aquatic facility injuries
result in some impairment of function or
perhaps disfigurement. A serious accident
can lead to paraplegia or quadraplegia.
close a facility permanently, destroy a
career, or create guilt feelings that linger
for a long time. At the very least, aquatic
injuries are poor public relations; they can
cause personal anxiety and professional
embarrassment. All or any of these conse-
quences can occur regardless of whether
the injury is followed by litigation.
Most lawsuits involving aquatic person-
nel have their genesis in an injury. If the
number of injuries at a particular facility
is reduced, the vulnerability to tort litiga-
tion of that facility's staff is also reduced.
A reduction in the number of injuries Is
a reflection of increased attention to the
safety of patrons, and that is the prime con-
cern. However, an important secondary
consideration is the tort liability of aquatic
personnel.
Individuals-and consequently their
employers-are liable when they fall to
exhibit an appropriate standard of care for
the safety of everyone who comes on the
premises, with the possible exception of
a trespasser. The standard of care expected
of the aquatic staff is that of a reasonably
prudent facility manager or lifeguard who
possesses approximately the same amount
of training and experience.
If, for example. a lifeguard fails to carry
out his or her duties in a manner that other
guards with similar qualifications and ex-
perience would perform those duties, a
court may find the guard negligent.
It Is Important to note that where
aquatic staff perform their tasks with dili-
gence, following the latest
and best In professional
practices, they are not neg-
li ent in the performance
of their responsibilities; if
they are not negligent, they
cannot be held liable. And,
if they are not liable,
neither the Individual nor
his or her employer can be
required to pay damages.
Mention has been made
of the duties and respon-
sibilities of aquatic person-
nel. Generally. the courts
have determined that the
duty required is to do
whatever the staff member
is expected to do with a
reasonable amount of care,
so that others are not sub-
jected to an unreasonable
risk of injury. More specif-
ically, the opinions ren-
dered in cases in which it
was alleged that a plain-
December 1989 ATHLETIC BUSINESS 71
)33
tiffs injuries were caused by the negligent operationii??
of an aquatic or similar facility provide pool owners,
managers and other staff members with considerable
motivation to eliminate all avoidable Injuries.
icr`)ding
Aquatic personnel are expected to:
es-
r
h
1. Comply with statutory provisions and ordinances,
particularly those that identify required Items of safety M ; s
li
f
d
b
b
oun
e neg
to
equipment. Failure to comply may
e
- •, .
gence per se. Documentation of such compliance should
be carefully preserved. Most jurisdictions print manuals b ftc d h4dr
presenting their requirements. Public health depart ±k
bA nn"
r
in- :
ments frequently have personnel available to answe
iit18 tin
terpretation questions and provide additional assistance. f, .
2. Warn patrons of injury risks. Failure to warn is an r f f
increasingly frequent allegation in tort litigation. Some
f
ll
`
not a
,
.
_'>
element of risk of injury is inherent in most, i
activities and environments.
ohs
' '
It has long been assumed that deep water posed a
'
w r
Ibday, aquatic facility
greater risk than shallow water.
t
bi
h
m
as
allow water may pose jus
gt
managers know that s
at .
a threat, because of the possibility that someone will Fiil??{ end
carelessly dive Into the shallow water. It must never be tdi ore
assumed that participants appreciate the possibility and
et'd
the consequences of an injury. This is true even in high ?.k
3.c
risk activities, such as springboard diving.
Risks must be identified, as well as the types and
,
severity of the injuries that can reasonably be expected .aeWY
to occur. Swimmers must be told how to avoid injuries.
tli 5nd
Warnings should usually be written, accompanied by a ,
verbal interpretation, frequent reminders and "punish- r dHd
ment" for violators of safety guidelines.
l rules
Certain i ,Ah
t
t
t
Fb
l
t
l
3
s of poo
.
ear s
emen
.
rmu
a
e c
a
.
rules are necessary if patrons are to be safe and derive
maximum enjoyment from their visit to a facility. 4R potted next
General penalties for infractions of the rules should also
tI t
the
i 1F
tl
l
l
i
t
d
R
l
b
f
d
o
j
y an
regu
ar
y
e cons
s
en
u
es must
ie
.
be identi
?
`•
enforced. In addition to the usual prohibitions against ?
i91
running on the deck and having glass containers near
the pools, rules prohibiting inward dives and dives of any
kind in less than 5 feet of water would greatly enhance
0}ii?il 1?r8
safety. ti. u .. .
4. Provide diligent, careful supervision. Although 64
guards aren't required at some swimming facilities in
some jurisdictions, most owners and managers would
agree that the presence of a sufficient number of con t.
scientious and qualified lifeguards (American Red Cross
Lifeguarding or Advanced Lifesaving certificate or the
equivalent) contributes substantially to the safety of any
facility.
It's recommended that there be a minimum of two
lifeguards on duty at all times. A single individual can
not be expected to attend to an injured swimmer and ade-
quately supervise the remaining swimmers at the same }
time.
It's also recommended that lifeguards not be given
responsibilities other than those normally assigned to
guards. In Corda vs. Brook Valley Enterprises Inc.
(1983), the only lifeguard on duty was taking down (!3
umbrellas and making other preparations for an ap-
h
i
d
d
mmer
rowne
proaching storm w
en a sw
.
.
ellate court ruled that the lower court had
The a
n..
,
pp
erred in granting a motion by the owners of the pool for
a directed verdict (an order by a judge to a jury to find
a verdict because the facts proved are indisputable). The
appellate court held that it was for the jury to decide
whether the club acted reasonably in not having two
lifeguards on duty when the responsibilities of the
lifeguard it employed included maintaining the area
around the pool.
Guards must be qualified and they must be provided
with appropriate inservice training. The skill and physe
ical fitness levels, and the knowledge possessed by albs ' •
1? 72 ATHLETIC BUSINESS December 1989
Dollars and Sense --
Proper Budgeting Is the Key
To Efficient Management
e "easy come, easy go"
may eard every day, but not
The phash
in aquatic facilities. These days,
getting money is just not that easy.
Successful managers (i.e. those who
keep their jobs) have learned that
money must not "go" easily.
Virtually all aquatic facilities have a
written budget in which appropriate
income and expense items are delin-
eated. The purpose of this article is to
help facility managers develop and
monitor a realistic budget - one that
will maximize the "come" and mini-
mize the "go." While the article is in
relation to pools, the principles apply
equally well to waterfront facilities at
lakes and rivers and to small craft/ma-
rina operations.
Needs
In budget planning, too often the
manager starts with expected income
and then spreads this amount over ex-
penses. It is suggested that "needs"
be considered first. Needs at an
aquatic facility revolve around three
main areas: staff, facilities and equip-
ment and safety. Aquatic managers
should be aware of the "pay me now or
pay me later" sequence of budgeting
(1). If an aquatic manager hires un-
skilled staff, accepts poor pool main-
tenance policies and/or neglects
safety, future operations are jeopard-
ized - either because income is re-
duced (patronage is down) or ex-
penses are increased due to raised in-
surance premiums, the need for expert
assistance in solving water problems
or premature equipment replacement.
The moral is clear: the needs of the
facility are paramount and revolve
around personnel, sanitation and
safety. For example, how many guards
are needed during peak recreational
hours? What equipment needs to be
replaced? What materials are needed
for in-service training? Identifying the
needs of the facility is the starting
point of a successful budget.
The second step in budget-making is
to formulate the tentative expense
portions. Estimates of expenses must
1119},
i i 5. a b$Mfifl l?
i s lla lfllii# 8h ? ? 1:
12M. supplies .1a VMW ilt>lll
Imo.f ifi
131 il. li1liifilfiE'i? _ 11ii1hfi?t
i13o. i 1i its lFet E
s i i. tl?Spliiiit flfitl ei4 *igffi .
` i Rio. MeillfklflfififJ >l >! ? ii > a
1> . f r av i elilA#iu
1#iO. p?tstli8iltio! k`, . ' ?•
!0: Mikililiikr?
i518. tditi511.- . *SAY+ Mal
1320. bebf 1'60108r •'
,[t Y
7w, I;
?r;ttl Y
a<,
ft ', 1
rk?
be made by referring to the list of
needs and relying on historical data.
Table 1 lists common expense items.
This detailed list is the framework for
the expense segment of the budget.
The more detailed the list, the easier it
will be to monitor expenses and in-
come. For ease in monitoring each
category, items and sub-items should
be numbered. For example, Table 1
shows that the personnel category is
number 1100, salaries are number
1110, the sub-item number for the
manager's salary is 1111 and the sub-
item number for the head lifeguard's
salary is 1112.
Hourly Cost
One key figure managers should
know is the cost per hour to operate
the facility. This coot-reflects the
amount of money that should be gen-
erated each hout to "break even." Be-
cause some facilitiet have two or three
activities going on in one facility at the
same time, the total Income of these
activities is the amount needed for
that hour. 'rho hourly Bost of opera-
tion can be expressed by the following
formula:
Total Expehsed *
totirl nob" of OpErkltloh
A Hotly Operating Cost
If there are ho past frecords for ref-
erence, then it ':best guess" approach
will have tO suffice. However, after
two or three weeks of operation, re-
calculate the cost per hour and adjust
the income and expense portions of
the budget accordingly.
What income can teasonably be ex-
pected from t?ariolls eoiutbs? The best''
12 AQUATICS, SEPTEMSER/OCTO&ER 1989
BY ROBERT D. CLAYTON
estimates are from past records. If.
there is no past experience to rely on,
a rough estimate can be made,from
Table 2 which shows the approximate
income at four different facilities. The
percentages shown are gleaned from
facility records plus the "best guess"
of experienced pool operators.
Income Sources
By taking into consideration many
possible sources of revenue, the in-
come segment of a budget is now for-
mulated. Creative thinking will sug-
gest new income sources appropriate
to a particular situation. Special pro-
grams such as all-night swims, family
splashes, bring-a-friend days, fan ap-
preciation nights and senior citizen
days can add noticeable income. The
scope of such promotions is limited
only by the imagination of the aquatic
staff.
In particular, facility managers
overlook fund-raising and donations as
sources of income. However, groups
who use the facility, such as swim
teams and water sports clubs, often
are skilled at soliciting donations
(2,3,4). Possible sources of income are
listed in Table 3 where the categories,
items and sub-items are numbered as
they would be in a budget in which the
income portion is traditionally listed
first.
Comparing Projections
Ideally, the praljections for income
should equal or exceed the projections
for expenses. However, this seldom
occurs. Some managers do not worry
if income is estimated at least at 95
percent of expenses - they assume
the two will be in balance at the end of
the year. Of course, the dollar amount
of variance, not the percentage, is the
key figure.
Balancing the budget is an art, not a
science. Until now, most managers -
especially managers of tax-supported
facilities - have had no pressure to
break even in their operations. Their
governing boards (e.g. cities, school
districts, etc.) have felt that deficit
spending for recreation is acceptable.
But with costs rising faster than in-
come, managers must present a bal-
anced budget and then come close to
meeting it.
Unfortunately, the "hidden over-
head" costs at a facility, such as taxes,
insurance, debt retirement and equip-
ment maintenance and repair, cannot
be directly charged to one specific
program or course. For example, the
figures for one city indoor facility
show that only 25 percent of the costs
can be attributed to specific pro-
grams, whereas the other 75 percent
48" IV lot
AMS
? r
RriyQte mil }?!
' ?pitt?r
OWN
1, MOM; WOO NA 4
foo# a
p. mi#rripnli 5 1>f ,.,: 1#., _
.?"hlFt Ts,. tr
1$ R5 „?
slEl9l Frcrcn t 1 " .
• .. _ tttQ {-? ?
Q. Fgcilitl.ft! i ?_ `Ill!
Ib. uIpmtZnt NA t+#11 ; A' lA
• pmunt 0 Q 1. "
'S. Fpn4 Rgi>Finp 0 0 13 k Q
Q?ngitlts Q Q P
1. NOipi borh9a? q QciQtion outdoor pool -? v* s tj MTW0* lt?tlt:
?. city, iridper PPtti 3 y 3 hot tub
4. City #gcility _ tq I, two
kulkhegd. , l"rgtlt k 00 0* I:
iii y, ;PPQr9f9 c lying 9^d ilhsiJpitr t(W"
4. htiph %heel tl 77
QIQ = PvbIlc P ode 77 city pnO itltt, 19 tl , (IfT
Ati n f?tu t. tt t t npry ?rpft, ;i i (ti
Q l 001pfla rccrp9tipn9l utfti, lap twinte. lii fwif
Q t` Mt1I1# lil hl t t 49P.pIr YR9ti}r
411 iiRlf --- am to ;wim, reap 14.99 ..tiw t,"I nift_
t1R[l c iiph4>QI i tr t 1 ?pmi IMaIL gilirt i` t glI
n9
Ft'Qftr W91l( WOW
4M, Maya p rgm; M WQJW lefety f for
. I .t I" rti #
R1Dt?,t .??t?.?h- l? ? t?E1. ,i#,i, N, rTQStA??R?' '?,.
-i ;Ate, Rant l .. .
wIQ..jciUlitlt"'r t99rgl! 0wImIn9, divltlg,.tlir
i filllb pn' pthttf wpn WW
r ': : ? . ll? •g clRi3rR4tm : " r sfi <=? ?;, - ^ . {
? I:Auipirj Rt - mgli ?pft, Pfp , itt i q$.
AM.
9,019. repo",
Q03 f VIR 4tlt VM 9s, fin;, hair i'1"
r 0190, Pupil ri I I ?--. ;wim-g-thpn , Fqr?
AM. Ra99t19 1-_ bogu4ttt in Willi
are attributed to "fixed and indirect
costs not directly related to a pro-
gram" (5).
According to aquatic budgeting ex-
pert Richard Elliott, operating costs -
the opening and closing of the facility,
product selection, heat production and
retention, hidden costs and winteriza-
tion for outdoor pools - offer the
most fruitful places for cost cutting
(6, 7). Don Van Rossen offers basic ad-
vice on all phases of pool operation in
the PooUSpa Operators Handbook (8).
In some tax-supported institutions,
AOi 1ATICS SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER 1989 13
•
We Supply Future
OLYMPIANS
With All Their
Accessories!
* Anti-Fog Swim Goggles
* Triathlon Goggles
* Training Accessories
* Bathing Caps
• Kickboards
Call For Free
16 Page Catalog
800-235-2156
In CA 800-445-8456
?kkff#:t=
Rothhamnmer
International Inc.
Post Office Box 5579
Santa Maria, CA 93456
Circle 8 on reader reply card
14
an agreement is made that a percent-
age (e.g. 30 percent to 60 percent) of
the total expenses will be supported by
tax money. This means that each ac-
tivity and program must raise the re-
maining percentage of its costs.
In most cases, income must be
raised (or expenses lowered) in order
to present a balanced budget. In the-
ory, each activity or program should
at least break even. That is, the costs
for the program should be met by the
fees for admission, for lessons and for
special programs. Fees that are too
high will eliminate some patrons,
whereas fees that are too low will in-
evitably result in a money-losing en-
deavor.
The basic formula for establishing
admission fees takes into account the
MM
MGT
e. Itl tl tifl l!t!
MUM
a. * bf.#tler'lI6H8? I FBI $1
b. 1`i6uIS b41i eP ltiM81 u
6t&y?ti: 48 ha $k it A
`tl?v?h /U rllfS
ftj
Owl
E. r pti1 F AtsU r i?Fr>
f hA8 lh61 h$ed! 16'?!i f F ?
P661: l1. I "k' 1O5% 1; li+
?? Erteh e1eSls iit ld I<ko* B p1 i#il
fi. 'Fkg 1'tii1f fii m 1 bsi bf IOWA-`!
e. 6f tuLi16h l#i
3tll6ty (lneIudi bi1+94t9) h6ui-
d. MriiIHi8lt6ll a fIF?E (el$Pl Blti$l
E: E*p$l lleble hBI (tsil t? ilr
6. C6#i ? itlillFtlEfl?fil ? ??1t ??? ,
b. AdF>i1hlltitlfiail! =t t? 16 `
t. ?u t t :fib' iQ ' tld"
d. 14151 r 1F,81! MPi ` + 'j10
61 1*8WA
1. od, t c .
itl ?i#4 ill l > iru Iillt&I
fblims?'ht"? Wlfit 3l It No %& Td # tb
illiidn 16181 611IVI 6;ih014 Mliil .
Sfiurtli elti?ib7?e8 thBf'ilbI, `A Ilid
Rr-
Be-
r'
, t trxS
I ?R1
ak
I t 1
AQUATICS, SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER 1989
c
cost per hour of operation and the av-
erage number of patrons. Table 4 out-
lines a procedure to establish fees for
both activities and classes.
Budget Monitoring
{ Making sure the money is spent as
planned is the final budgeting task.
While it is preferable to let the person
directly responsible for the program or
task oversee the expenditure of money
for that program or task, this proce-
dure does not always efisure sound fis-
cal administration. Ultimately, the
manager bears the responsibility for
the budget and therefore must know
the status of the budget at all times.
A computer spreadsheet program
can be used to monitor expenditures
effectively. Basically, this involves re-
viewing in detail the expenditures
(both in dollars and percentages) for
the past two years to provide patterns
of monthly spending. Next, reports of
current spending (dollars and percent-
ages) are compared with the patterns
established in step one. After taking
into account pending purchases, re-
curring costs, etc., monthly adjust-
ments are made if the data shows
either a surplus or a debt (9).
In most cases, income
must be raised (or expenses
lowered) in order to present
a balanced budget. In
theory, each activity or
program should at least
break even.
There are three inevitable things in
life - death, taxes and the spending of
extra money. Few facilities have a
surplus at the end of their fiscal year
but, if so, money is quickly spent on
extra kickboards, water polo balls,
staff shirts, canoes or other equip-
ment. A better procedure would be to
carry the money over to the next year
- but this requires a firm (i.e. writ-
ten) agreement with the ajministra-
tor.
References
1. Elliott, Richard. "Pay Me Now, or Pay
Me Later," Swimming Technique, May-
July 1985, pp. 14-17.
2. Georges, Chris. "Scraping for Scratch,"
Swimming Technique, May-July 1981,
pp. 19-21.
8. Ensor, Richard. "The Corporate V
Sports Sponsorship," Athletic Buss s,
September 1987, pp. 41-43.
4. Clayton, Robert and Thomas, David.
Professional Aquatic Management,
Chapters 9-12. Human Kinetics Publish-
ers, Champaign, Ill., 1989.
5. City of Fort Collins Recreation Depart-
ment. Unpublished study for EPIC
Aquatic Facility, Fort Collins, Colo.,
1988.
6. Elliott, Richard. "Cutting Operating
Costs," Swimming Technique, February-
May 1985, pp. 34-37.
7. Elliott, Richard. "Keeping Your Pool Af-
loat," Swimming Technique, August-Oc-
tober 1986, pp. 34-37.
8. Van Rossen, Donald. Pool/Spa Operators
Handbook. National Swimming Pool
Foundation, San Antonio, Texas, 1985.
9. Stein, Julian and Rowe, Joseph. "Com-
puterized Budget Monitoring," Journal
of Physical Education, Recreation and
Dance (JOPERD), April 1989, pp. 84-87.
Robert D. Clayton, Ed.D., is the
chairman of the Council for National
Cooperation in Aquatics, the co-author
of Professional Aquatic Manage-
ment and a member of AQUATics' Ed-
itorial Advisory Board.
Perfect
REPRINTS
Pool Water AVAILAB
Automatically!
Vdit UA tsFdor fbpri
- Y T1.11hy AFtlcId in t
.,. Inn Iii our si
"Agra famidt b bust,
Ifed to your bpeciti
tIbR .
The Strantrol System One controls pool
water chemistry automatically while saving
enough in labor and chemicals to pay for
If?lfTllji
Itself. It eliminates manual testing and dosing,
saves 30% or more In chemicals, and makes
the water perfect-looking good, smelling
ffi6
good and exceeding the U.S. Public Health
' r
> ? 8rita fjt h§ Editor
(4
s Safety and Disease Control
Service
recommendations ,
.
• controls chlorine and pH with pinpoint
accuracy 24 hrs/day
• eliminates eyebum complaints
• reduces corrosion of pool equipment by Water Duality Control
AaU47X-'
controlling pH STRANCO, INC.
• world-renowned reliability and durability Route 50 North, P.O. Box 389
1
S
t publlcatidn of
inc
` mOniCat on Channels
/
164rFAX 815/932-0674
9329
Write or coil for detail's. Tel. 8 ,
nts
his
an-
ca-
n,
04)
Circle 10 on reader reply card
16 AQUATICS, SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER 1989
MEMORANDUM
TO: ADVISORY PARKS AND RECREATION COMMISSION
FROM: KEN VRAA, DIRECTOR OF PARKS AND RECREATION
DATE: APRIL 27, 1990
RE: U. S. WEST CELLULAR TELEPHONE; LEASE OF PARK PROPERTY
Issue The issue before the Advisory Parks and Recreation Commission is should the
Commission recommend that the City lease ground space at Lexington/Diffley for an
equipment building to house cellular radio transmission equipment.
Background U. S. West Cellular has contacted the City in hopes of leasing the tops of
water reservoirs for cellular antennas to facilitate telephone transmissions. The antennas
are four to six feet in height and would be at the top of the reservoirs. Transmission
equipment to facilitate the telephone functioning will be housed in a 12' by 30' structure
that would need to be adjacent to the tower.
U. S. West originally contacted the City to use the Safari water reservoir some months
ago. However, it now appears as if both the Safari reservoir and the one at Lexington
and Diffley will be needed. The need arises as a result of the expected growth and use
of cellular telephones, the limitations that each antenna can receive and to ensure
adequate coverage between "cells". (A cell is a small geographical area with a two to 10
mile radius. Each cell's service area is determined by topographic features.) Approaching
the Parks and Recreation Department, U. S. West wants to know if this would meet with
the approval of the Advisory Parks and Recreation Commission. Approvals with the City
Council, final negotiations for tower and ground lease would still need to be negotiated.
Lease Agreement U. S. West is seeking initial term of five years with the right to extend
the lease for four additional five year terms. There would be an annual rental the first
five years of a proposed rate of $7,200.00 per year. The annual rental rate would increase
each five year period thereafter.
I??
Re: U. S. West Cellular Telephone
April 27, 1990
Page 2
As it relates to the building, Staff's understanding is that the building is typically a steel
or fiberglass shell covering the radio transmission equipment. Staff explained, however,
that the Advisory Commission would probably recommend that, if a building were
allowed, it would need to be consistent with the architectural designs used on park shelter
buildings. This did not appear to be of great concern to U. S. West representatives. The
lease provides for continuous access to the site by U. S. West for maintenance purposes.
Maintenance would require two to three times per month service inspections by a service
technician and van.
Attached is a reproduction of a pamphlet which explains the U. S. West Cellular
technology and may answer some of your questions regarding radio transmissions, site
selection, technology of cellular use telephones.
The Commission should also be aware that, since other communities are being solicited
for the cellular antenna sites, the various directors of public works from these communities
are discussing some type of uniform lease agreement. It is likely that when such lease
agreements are developed and the City adopts it for the reservoir site at Safari, this lease
agreement would be similar to the one for Lexington/Diffley, if approved.
For Commission Action The Advisory Commission should determine if it feels it would
be appropriate for a lease a agreement with U.. S. West for the location of the
transmission equipment associated with cellular antennas be located on the Lexington/
Diffley site and reservoir. Presumably, the proceeds from the lease agreement would
accrue to the park site development fund.
Approval by the advisory commission does not constitute approval for U. S. West to use
this location. Merely, the Commission's recommendation on suitabili for its location at
this site.
KV/nh
150
US WEST Cellular
US WEST Cellular is a division of US WEST NewVector Group, a subsidiary of US WEST
Inc., one of the seven regional companies created by the divestiture of AT&T in 1984.
US WEST NewVector Group offers a full range of mobile communications, including cellular
phone systems, as well as a comprehensive line of communications services for other cellular
operators. US WEST NewVector Group is licensed to provide cellular telephone service to a
market area that includes the fourteen western states illustrated below, plus some additional
local markets, such as the San Diego Metropolitan Area, that lie outside this area. The
corporate headquarters for US WEST NewVector Group is located in Bellevue, Washington.
US WEST NewVector Group
US WEST Cellular FUS WEST Paging
Introduction to Cellular Technology
In the past, mobile telephones were only available to a privileged few who were willing to
tolerate the considerable limitations of a system that utilized only 12-20 channels and often
had poor voice quality and spotty coverage. These systems operated with one centrally located
high-powered transmitter to communicate with all of the mobile units in the service area. This
technology did not make large-scale service practical, because each of the system channels
could handle only one call at a time. Channels could not be reused because the transmitted
signals were strong enough to interfere with one another.
Conventional System Cellular System
The current cellular telephone technology was developed by Bell Laboratories to respond to 61
these problems. This system consists of many low-powered antennas erected in a honeycomb
pattern of "cells" that invisibly blanket the service area
US WEST NewVector
14-State Market Area
The cellular system consists of a cellular phone that both transmits and receives radio signals.
From the mobile phone, calls are sent to a central computer called the Mobile Telephone
Switching Office (MTSO). The MTSO connects the cellular phone transmission with the local
telephone company system which completes the call.
As a caller drives from one cell to another, the call is automatically handed off to another cell
by computer. The cells are also overlapped to insure calling success even during the busiest
hours and days of the month. The system is engineered to provide excellent signal strength
and clarity. In addition, all NewVector cellular service systems are compatible with each other,
so when a caller travels into another city, the system still works.
M110
MISO
Ml SO
As you drive from one cell to another;, the
computer automatically hands off your call
to.a new cell.
io-
From Cell To Central Computer To Local Call Anywhere
(MTSO) Telephone Company in the World
All cellular systems are compatible, so when you travel to another city which has cellular
service, your cellular telephone still works. This is called roaming. As cellular mobile systems
expand throughout the nation, many major highway corridors between cities will he covered
with additional cells.
Relationship With Neighboring Systems
Cell Site
Selection
Cellular telephone service is expanded in a given area to provide better service to cellular
customers. This can be done in two ways: extending the coverage to new areas or increasing
the capacity of the system within the current service area.
The decision to expand the system depends on a number of factors. First, the number of current
customers within the area and the capacity of the current system are analyzed to identify the
need to expand. Second, the quality of service within the area is constantly being evaluated,
both electronically at the switching equipment, where every call is monitored and any service
failures are recorded, and through feedback from customers.
Once the decision has been made to expand or improve service, the engineers at US WEST
NewVector prepare a preliminary design analysis. The topography and terrain features within
the service area are entered into a computer, along with a series of variables, such as antenna
height, available frequencies, and equipment characteristics. From this information the en-
gineers determine a search area for the optimum location and height of the antenna to
maximize service within the cell. When this technical analysis is complete, a search area map
and other requirements are provided to the real estate and site selection consultants.
With this information, the real estate acquisition consultant applies various criteria to identify
and rank potential sites. The following is a summary of these cell site selection criteria:
CGSA Cellular Geographical Service Area. The boundaries of the entire system are
determined by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). Cell sites must be located so
that radio signals from the system stay within the boundaries of the CGSA.
The Cellular Grid. Within the CGSA, individual cell sites are placed on a hexagonal
grid pattern. This pattern provides coverage for the largest area with the fewest sites and,
therefore, fewer land use impacts. This pattern also facilitates future "cell splitting", or
"sectorization". Through the use of directional antennas, one antenna tower can in some cases
serve three cells, thus tripling capacity.
Topography, Land Forms and Other Constraints. The computer analysis conducted by
the engineers takes into consideration the hills and valleys within the service area. Basically,
a line of sight relationship is needed between the antenna and the cellular telephone to insure
quality service. There are often land features within a search area that limit the options for
site locations. Features such as bodies of water, swamps and steep slopes may prove impossible
to build upon, and since cell sites must be periodically maintained, they must be accessible to
technicians year-round. Therefore, we need to find sites near the center of the search area, at
the optimum elevation, and accessible by existing roadways. Sites with existing or proposed
high-rise buildings nearby must also be avoided because of the potential for "shadowing" within
the service area.
Since all of the cell sites work together (calls are automatically handed off from one cell to
another as the driver travels between coverage areas), one antenna may not be lowered or
raised without affecting the performance of that cell and adjacent cells. The combination of
these factors results in the identification of well-defined "preferred locations" within the search
area.
G 0
FAA And Existing Radio Conflicts. In addition to the engineering constraints noted
above, the site location must not interfere with either Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)
requirements, or existing radio transmitters operating at high frequencies. FAA regulations
protect air space zones and flight paths surrounding airports and the locations and heights of
all antennas are reviewed to insure that they do not violate these safety zones. Also, when
certain AM and FM radio broadcast towers are located in close proximity to cellular antennas,
it can degrade the performance of the signal by creating interference. Consequently, the
placement of a cell site in close proximity to AM or FM towers must be thoroughly analyzed.
Zoning and Land Use Compatibility. Whenever feasible US WEST NewVector strives
to acquire property that is properly zoned and adjacent to compatible land uses. Sites adjacent
to existing tall power lines, microwave facilities, antenna farms, water treatment facilities, and
similar uses are selected when they meet the other technical requirements of the system. When
circumstances result in compatibility concerns, a concerted effort is made in the design process
to screen facilities and otherwise mitigate these problems.
Property Availability. Due to all of the engineering and design constraints described
above, it is often difficult to find sites that meet all of the requirements. It is often impossible
to find vacant land or building space for sale or lease. In most cases, more than one site is
evaluated prior to selecting the most favorable location.
The following hypoythetical illustration summarizes some of the site selection constraints.
Public Safety Questions
In recent years there has been concern over possible health effects from radio frequency (RF)
energy. This energy is around us every day, coming from commercial radio and TV, radar, amateur
radios, and other sources. The frequencies used by the cellular phone network are the same ones
assigned previously to certain UHF TV channels, and so have been in the airwaves for many years.
The American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) has established a standard for safe ex-
posure levels to RF energy. That standard is
compared below to other household sources
and a typical cellular phone antenna. Cellular
antennas transmit relatively short distances and
operate at very low power levels. As the hypot-
hetical illustration suggests, the amount of en-
ergy from a single cellular phone channel is
typically about the same as a 100-watt light
bulb. And while there may be between eight
and fifty channels operating from one antenna,
the channels rarely all transmit at the same
time and each operates at a different fre-
quency.
U)
o j
F 1
0
ANSI
Standard
Cellular
1 Fow Iland IInIJ Cordless toll Fret
Irum n ('R Radio Phom• from a
hlirrowase cellular
Oven Antenna
Comparison of RF Energy, Cellular Antennas its.
ANSI Standard & Household Sources
i? (r4t?fP i; ?„
1.4? dl
The power from a single cellular channel is about
the same as an ordinary light bulb.
Some antennas in the cellular phone network
are microwave relay antennas that transmit and
receive telephone messages from cellular sites
to the wireline telephone network. The signal
between these antennas is in a directed beam,
so the dispersion of RF energy outside this
narrow beam is insignificant. Even directly
beneath a cellular antenna, the exposure is
about half that of an ordinary cordless phone,
or less than one percent of the ANSI standard.
Cellular Does Not Interfere With Other Transmissions
To maximize the capacity of the system, cellular antennas transmit at very low power. This allows
the same frequencies to be used simultaneously in non-adjacent cells. US WEST NewVector Group
operates hundreds of cell sites in fourteen states and has never experienced any interference
problems with other transmissions.
Radio frequencies are a sort of precious na-
tional resource for which there is a tremendous
and growing demand. The Federal Communi-
cations Commission (FCC) regulates the use of
radio frequencies throughout the United
States. The graphs illustrate the broad range of
frequencies and the narrow segment of this
spectrum that constitutes radio and television
frequencies and those allotted to cellular phone
transmissions.
uhra Cellular Phones
Gamma Violet Visible AAI
Rays X Rays Light Inira,-J Mironcare I IV(I T1 R•Ii•-
IRI" 1017 101$ 101, InllIO" 1417\ _ Its IIt
FLFOTROMAGNFTIr SPECTRUM hrcgn••nn; ii
C Ilular Phones
UIIF TV Channeeels 7. 13 FM Radii, TV ('hennels ?-R
Irl? III 1°7
?G?
?6?
Cellular
Glossary
Cell. A small geographic area served by a
low-powered transmitter, 2 to 10 miles in
radius.
Cell Site. An installation containing the
transmitters, receivers and control equip-
ment necessary to connect the cellular
phone system and the conventional wireline
telephone network.
Cell Splitting. The division of a larger cell
into several smaller cells to provide more
channels within the same geographical area,
and therefore provide better service.
Cellular Geographical Service Area
(CGSA). A specific geographic area,
within which a cellular system serves cus-
tomers. Mobile customers are expected to
subscribe to cellular service within a given
CGSA.
Digital Radio Link. A radio signal used to
connect telephone circuits from a cell site to
the central switching equipment (the
MTSO).
Electronic Switching System. A computer
that automatically routes calls within the cel-
lular system, located at a central site.
Hand-Off. The automatic switching of a
signal from one cell to another, which occurs
within a fraction of a second.
Mobile Telephone Switching Office
(MTSO) Also known as the MTX or
"Switch". The interface between the cell
sites and the conventional wireline tele-
phone network. It serves as the central co-
ordinator and controller, as well as housing
the switching equipment for a cellular tele-
phone system.
Radio Common Carrier (RCC). Firms
licensed by the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) to provide a variety of
radio services to the public, including dis-
patch and paging services. Many RCC's now
own cellular licenses. US WEST NewVector
is an RCC licensed by the FCC.
Roaming. The ability to operate a cellular
mobile telephone in a mobile service area
other than the one from which service is
subscribed - for example, being able to use
your cellular phone in Minneapolis, even
though you subscribed originally in Seattle.
Sectorization. An engineering refinement
of a cell's transmission antennas, allowing a
single site to serve three new cells. This is
done by splitting the coverage of the cell site
into three equal sectors, by means of direc-
tional antennas.
Wireline Telephone Network. The con-
ventional local telephone network which
transmits calls over wires rather than radio
waves. The FCC has ruled that wireline
companies or their affiliates may apply for
cellular licenses in those areas where they
currently provide wireline service.
HAPPENINGS
1. The Department received 100 Timberwolves tickets for the Utah Jazz basketball
game which were then given to EAA, Robert Lewis House and as prizes for the
Children's Easter Event.
2. Earlier, Staff had reported that it was hoping to work with a play equipment
manufacturer to design Trapp Farm Park. A discount in the purchase price would
have resulted in return for allowing photos to be used in a catalog. This will not
happen as the result of a change in thinking by the manufacturer.
3. The lawsuit against the City stemming from a sliding incident at Trapp Farm Park
two years ago was settled out of court prior to going to trial. The suit was being
handled by the City's insurance carrier.
4. Preliminary boundaries have been identified for the purpose of establishing the "Life
Estate" for Lillian McCarthy and the acquisition of this four acre parcel.
5. Recreation program publicity writing for summer activities has been completed.
Look for many pages of recreation information in the May Eagan News.
Distribution of the newsletter will occur May 12/13.
6. EAA softball/baseball programs will use every programmable backstop in the City
this summer for games and tournaments.
7. An understanding in principal has been reached between Unisys Corporation and
the Department of Parks and Recreation regarding the Unisys softball complex.
In exchange for maintenance services from the Department, Unisys will agree to
use of the fields by Eagan Athletic Association teams. It is anticipated that the
fields will become "the practice place" three evenings a week and on weekends.
Final agreement would hopefully result in a three year "contract". Use by the City
will be primarily for youth teams.
8. Official acceptance/donation of a scoreboard at Northview Athletic from Lutheran
Brotherhood and at Goat Hill from the Lion's Club will occur in May.
9. The Eagan Lions generously donated $1000.00 to the Eagan Stagedoor Performers.
Ken Vraa was instrumental in drawing ESP to the Lion's attention.
10. Community Education 196 Youth Connection Council has completed its work for
the year. The youth transportation survey results will be submitted to groups
studying Dakota County transportation issues. The youth services directory is ready
for print and the Youth Program Grant process will be ready for distribution upon
approval of the Community Education Advisory Commission.
HAPPENINGS
PAGE 2
10. (continued)
Eagan Parks and Recreation anticipates submitting an application in conjunction
with Dakota Hills Middle School.
11. Northview Athletic fields are crowded from 2:45 - 5:00 p.m. each week day.
Softball fields 1-4 are used by Eagan High and Dakota Hills co-curricular softball
programs. Field 5 serves as practice space for grade 9 baseball and all eleven
tennis courts are filled with youth.
12. NYSCA Coaches Clinics the week of April 16 resulted in the certification of 94
EAA baseball and softball coaches and 21 RAAA baseball coaches. Soccer clinics
will be held on April 26 and 28.
13. Twenty-five people, primarily family groups, attended the April 22 Native Prairie
seminar. Staff learns as the events occur! The desire to be part of Earth Day
resulted in a visit to the prairie that was perhaps 2 - 3 weeks premature. Cathy
Dybiec again presented the program.
14. "Clean-up" of the concession room will occur on Monday, April 30 in anticipation
of a May 1 opening. A post-mix set-up for Coke products will be used this season
to improve the profit margin on that commodity.
15. Eagan Seniors will return to the Old Log Theater in June to see Neil Simon's
Broadway Bound.
16. The Department is offering a new wrinkle to picnic kits called "Games in a Sack".
Recreational staff will lead games for a picnic held at either pavilion.
17. Eighteen recreation leaders and assistants are returning for the summer of 1990.
18. Goat Hill will be the 12th Summer in the Park site. This summer program will be
for 5 and 6 year olds only and will be held from 1:00 - 3:30 p.m.
19. The Tiny Tots classes will be taking their spring field trip to the Minnesota Zoo on
May 8 and 9.
20. Two hundred participants enjoyed a beautiful day Sunday, April 22, at our Earth
Day Walk. After choosing a route of two, three or five miles, the walkers returned
to the Municipal Center for hot dogs, chips, apples, pop and birthday cake. T-
Shirts were given away as door prize drawings and each family received an Earth
Day Poster.
HAPPENINGS
PAGE 3
21. Softball season begins May 1 and 2 for the Men's C leagues and May 7 through
10 for most of the other leagues. Friday Couples and Co-Rec leagues begin
June 1. A total of 197 teams will be participating.
22. A Horseshoe League is being formed with play scheduled to begin May 23. It is
hoped that 8 to 16 people will be involved in this inaugural season. The courts at
Ohmann Park will be the site for play on Tuesday and/or Wednesday evening.
23. Maintenance Staff completed the installation of backboards, storage box and final
site preparations of the horseshoe courts at Ohman Park. It is expected that league
play on the courts may begin by mid-May.
24. New park identification signs are being installed at various locations including Bur
Oaks South, O'Leary Park, Slater Acres and Heine Pond.
25. In preparation for upcoming softball and baseball usage of neighborhood parks, new
athletic benches were installed at Bridle Ridge and Kettle Parks.
26. Maintenance workers Gary Skogstad and Scott Eppen completed work on the new
scoreboard at the Goat Hill major league field. The scoreboard is situated in left
center field and will be an excellent complement to teams using the facility.
27. Preparations were made to the three new softball fields at Northview Park in
anticipation of opening games in early May. This work included the delivery and
setup of bleachers, grading of infields, installation of bases, bat racks and the
numbering of backstops.
28. Maintenance work on other neighborhood and community softball/baseball fields
continued through the month of April. Focused attention was first given to grading
of the infields and the repair of pitching rubbers, batting tunnels and so on at
Northview, Goat Hill and Rahn Athletic Complexes. The grading of ag lime infields
at neighborhood parks was also finished during the month of April. In addition,
the daily dragging of fields at the more heavily used sites began in response to the
scheduling of practices and scrimmages. Striping of outfield foul lines was also
finished on the City's 53 baseball/softball fields in April.
29. Use of the Northview Athletic Complex by the Eagan High School and Middle
School began in the month of April. During this time, a park attendant was
scheduled to assist with daily infield preparations and building maintenance.
h?`
HAPPENINGS
PAGE 4
30. April signaled the beginning of the Department's annual turf maintenance program
in parks. These tasks included the preparation of soil in more heavily compacted
areas (primarily baseball and soccer fields); overseeding of pleasure rinks, soccer
fields and Kettle/Carnelian Parks; as well as initiation of the spraying/fertilization
program. The heavy rains of late April, coupled with last fall's dormant
fertilization, prompted the earlier than expected growth of turf. On April 26,
mowing crews began the grounds maintenance routes and are expected to be on
them steadily through the month of October.
31. Preventative maintenance programs for the City's playground, hard court and tennis
court facilities were well under way by the month of April. Throughout the season
of public use, bi-weekly inspections will be conducted by the Maintenance Staff on
playgrounds and hard courts to insure that repairs are made in a timely manner.
32. The archery range at Walnut Hill was readied for an anticipated busy season. A
new system was also devised by Maintenance Staff to better secure the archery
bales in place thereby enhancing the function of the courts.
33. In mid-April, Staff began the procedure for turning on water to the seasonal park
shelter buildings and irrigation systems. Each year, this requires a certain number
of minor repairs, e.g. on the irrigation systems, the resetting of sprinkler heads,
repairs to valve boxes, and reprogramming of controls.
34. Two seasonal maintenance workers finished work on the refurbishing and painting
of all mini and regulation size soccer goals. This was followed by the installation
of a new net hanging system on the regulation goals which is hoped to be a more
efficient system for local soccer organizations.
35. Portable fishing docks were set in place at Thomas, Schwanz and Fish Lakes,
following ice out in early April. Over the years, these docks have proved to be
popular angling spots for neighborhood kids.
36. Parks Maintenance Division assisted with a number of recreation programs during
the past month. These included the Earth Day Walk on April 22, Community/Parks
clean-up on April 28 and the annual Arbor Day celebration at Trapp Farm Park.
During the first week in May, assistance will also be provided to the fourth annual
Eagan Tree Sale and Fun Run being held concurrently on May 5.
u0
HAPPENINGS
PAGE 5
37. As the Commission knows, one of the major undertakings for the Forestry Division
in April are the three Arbor Month programs--school programs, tree sale and Arbor
Day festivity. At the writing of the Happenings packet, the school programs have
been completed and went extremely well. Over 650 students participated in the
poster drawing contest with the grand prize winner to be announced at Arbor Day
on April 28. Over 800 registrations were received for the fourth annual tree sale.
From these, nearly 400 names were drawn and will be receiving trees at the sale,
scheduled for May 5. With regard to Arbor Day, plans are well under way and
it is expected that weather will play the biggest factor in the turn out for this year's
program.
38. Despite the busy time in preparing for Arbor Month programs, Forestry Staff was
able to perform a considerable amount of work in the parks. Some of the
highlights included the implementation of phase one plantings at Ohmann Park,
installation of replacement trees in various parks and completion of carry-over
planting plans at Kettle, Mueller Farm and Lakeside Parks as well as Fire Station
#5. The initial phase of hiring for seasonal maintenance/operations personnel is
now nearing completion. To date, nearly 25 applicants have been selected for
positions in the area of seasonal forestry, balifield attendants and maintenance
laborers scheduled for the regular and extended maintenance (evening/weekend)
programs.
39. The Department acquired a new slicer/seeder/fertilizer spreader during the month
of April. The seeder is a 72" variety and offers a 50% increase in capacity over
the older unit. This has greatly augmented the Department's ability to complete
its Spring seeding program during conditions of favorable weather. The spreader
will also be an improvement to the Department's turf equipment replacing an older,
worn out unit which was difficult to calibrate and maintain.
?b?
MEMO TO: EAGAN ADVISORY PARK AND RECREATION COMMISSION
FROM: JOHN K. VONDELINDE, SUPERINTENDENT OF PARKS
DATE: APRIL 30, 1990
SUBJECT: SUMMER MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
The month of April typically represents a period of transition for the
Maintenance/Operations Division - from cleanup of the winter recreation sites to
preparatory activities associated with seasonal use of the parks. This past spring was
certainly no exception to this rule. As reflected in the "Happenings" packet, a good share
of maintenance work was completed at the community athletic complexes and
neighborhood parks in anticipation of a busy summer.
The purpose of this report is to provide Commission members with a look ahead to the
planned maintenance activities for this summer, along with highlights of construction
projects to be conducted by department personnel.
SUMMER MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES
1. The City's Comprehensive Turf Maintenance Program will again be a major
emphasis for the department during the month of May. Activities will primarily be
focused on spring fertilization and broadleaf weed control. Under this program,
each park site and public building will receive an adequate and prescribed amount
of fertilizer based upon soil samples taken in 1989. This program has allowed the
City to customize its application of fertilizers, particularly phosphorus, to ensure that
protective measures can be taken to minimize the run off of nutrients to lakes and
ponds. On heavy use and high visibility sites, such as community parks and athletic
fields, a pre-emergent crabgrass control herbicide will also be applied. This will be
followed by the application of a broadleaf spectrum herbicide in mid-May on sites
classified for level I and II maintenance. As mentioned in Happenings, most of the
scheduled aerification and seeding work was completed in April.
2. As in the past, grounds maintenance will again represent a major area of emphasis
for the Park Maintenance/Operations Division in 1990. This work will largely be
undertaken by seasonal maintenance personnel, utilizing three daily grounds
maintenance routes, complemented by two gang mower routes. In addition, the
department will be implementing its second year of an extended evening/weekend
mowing route. This route will be responsible for mowing of such "off-hour" sites
as City Hall, the library, fire stations, and municipal maintenance facility. This
approach worked extremely well, last year, and the department is encouraged by
its continuation this coming season. Taken together, it is estimated that over 410
acres of mowing will be conducted each week on the City's 55 public sites and 62
miles of boulevards.
3. Other "routine-type" maintenance programs will also be undertaken by seasonal
personnel. These programs, conducted on a daily basis, will include dragging of 53
infields at the City's athletic and neighborhood parks, refuse collection, striping of
ball diamonds and soccer fields, and assistance to summer recreation programs, such
as transporting of the department Play Wagon. In addition, seasonal personnel
(park and ballfield attendants) will be scheduled daily, to perform maintenance and
preparatory tasks at the City's athletic complexes and community parks.
4. Bi-weekly inspections of playground structures and basketball/hard courts will
continue throughout the summer months and into the fall. This year's program will
be expanded somewhat to include the addition of tennis courts at Burr Oaks and
Northview Parks, along with new playgrounds installed last fall, at O'Leary, Bridle
Ridge, and Slater Acres Parks. Moreover, inspection programs will also be initiated
under the City's comprehensive park routine inspection program, to include athletic
fields and fencing, soccer fields, archery range, and water access facilities.
5. Use of the City's underground irrigation systems will swing into full operation in
May at the City's three major athletic complexes - Northview, Rahn, and Goat Hill
Parks. Together, these systems will provide a tailored program for the efficient
irrigation of turf grasses and trees within these sites, covering a cumulative area of
36 acres. Ongoing maintenance will include inpections, adjustment of heads, valve
repair, pump maintenance, and monitoring of controllers.
6. Though it may seem eary in the year, the layout, striping, and preparation of soccer
fields will be done on several sites by early May, to accommodate the spring soccer
leagues. Changes in soccer field locations and numbers will continue throughout
the summer and fall months, as leagues and scheduling needs prescribe.
7. Buildings at Rahn Athletic, Trapp Farm, Thomas Lake, Quarry, and Sky Hill will
be put into an operational phase, as summer recreation programs and
reserved/organized uses get under way. Routine maintenance and janitorial services
at these sites will be assumed by seasonal park attendance staff and by Dakota,
Inc., under contract with the City. Maintenance work will also be required on
several of the buildings to include cleaning of vents, window trim and windows,
touch up painting to hand rails and doors, and miscellaneous staining.
8. The department will enter into its fourth consecutive year of implementaiton under
the City's Comprehensive Bituminous Maintenance Management Program. The
following parking lots and access roads (most of which were installed in 1984 or
1985) will be scheduled for cracksealing, sealcoating, and restriping during the
summer of 1990: Fish Lake, Rahn Athletic, Ridgecliff, Trapp Farm, and Walnut
Hill.
2
The City will also be performing the sealcoating of approximately five to six miles
of boulevard trails under the direction of the Parks and Recreation Department.
Similar to last year, an FA1 1/8"- trap rock will be used in the sealcoating process.
Based on the results from last year's "experimentation" with this product, it has
proven to be extremely durable, yet suitable for recreational uses, such as bicycling
or rollerblading.
9. Routine forestry operations will include miscellanous pruning and trimming tasks,
transplanting of nursery stock in parks, site specific insect and disease control, tree
removal and stump grinding. Several miscellaneous park landscaping projects will
also be implemented. Two seasonal forestry technicians will be added to the
forestry staff, this spring, to facilitate these and other landscaping projects.
10. The Parks and Recreation Department expects to again be successful in securing
the services of Dakota County Summer Youth Restitution Program and Twin Cities
Tree Trust. The final plans are currently being made with an anticipated starting
date for both work crews in mid-June. Well over 20 projects have already been
identified, ranging from playground perimeter to retaining wall construction, the
Carlson Lake footbridge, a new volleyball facility at Rahn Park, and a host of other
construction and maintenance related projects.
11. The Park Superintendent and City Forester will continue their efforts, along with
the City's MIS coordinator, in finalizing the new tree inventory program, known as
TRIMS (Tree Resources Information Management System). The field inventory
effort, initiated in 1989, will continue again in June, with the hiring of a Tree
Inventory Technician. Also scheduled to begin in June will be a program of data
entry for the more than 3,000 trees already inventoried. Among the characteristics
to be recorded for each tree are such things as: species, diameter, location,
condition and source; an assessment of current and original value (at the time of
planting) and any "emergency" maintenance needs. Once the inventory has been
completed, staff will begin use of the Phase II element of the program, involving
recording and scheduling of routine tree maintenance tasks.
12. By the end of June, the Parks and Recreation Department expects to take delivery
on three new additions to the equipment maintenance fleet. These will include a
new 50 HP four wheel drive tractor with a variety of implements, (replacing old
unit #322) along with a new 3/4 ton pick up and a one ton 4 X 4 dump truck
(replacing units #304 and #310). These purchases were accommodated in the 1990
budget, through the issuance of special equipment certificates. The department
looks forward to the expanded capability and efficiency which these new acquisitions
will afford.
3
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
The Parks and Recreation Department has prepared for another aggressive program of
facility development through the use of force account labor and equipment. This summer
will prove to be an extremely busy season in the undertaking of many of these special
construction priojects. This list tentatively includes:
1. Installation of athletic benches and concrete pads at Bridle Ridge, Carnelian,
Ohmann, and Kettle Parks,
2. Placement of 40 new concrete waste containers at 14 park locations, with work to
include the pouring and finishing of exposed aggregate concrete pads. This work
should complete all existing parks and those under construction in 1990.
3. Installation of 30 new park benches and concrete pads in 16 neighborhood and
community parks.
4. Construction of new playgrounds in 1990, with the tentative list to include the major
play facility at Trapp Farm Park, as well as neighborhood installations at Ohmann,
Burr Oaks North, and Carlson Lake Parks. A unique playground design, addressing
preschool youth, will also be constructed at Rahn Park to complement needs for
Tiny Tots and summer youth recreation programs.
5. Horseshoe courts have been scheduled for installation at Trapp Farm and Rahn
Parks. If time permits, this work will likely be undertaken by the summer youth
work crews.
6. In compliance with the LAWCON/LCMR Grant for Thomas Lake, a wildlife
deck/blind will be installed along the new park trail leading to Thomas Lake Road.
This deck will overlook Thomas Lake and surrounding marsh areas. A wildlife deck
has also been called for at Wescott Station Park, adjacent to Pond JP-16.
7. Under the master plan for Carlson Lake Park, the Twin Cities Tree Trust will be
installing a footbridge across a natural drainage swale, entering the west end of
Carlson Lake. This project will likely take several weeks and require technical
assistance from the Park and Recreation staff.
8. As the Commission has already been advised, the Maintenance/Operations Division
will be assisting with the construction of a storage shelter building adjacent to the
new athletic fields in Northview Park. This project is being performed under a joint
cooperative effort with the Eagan Athletic Association.
9. A new and challenging prospect for the maintenance staff will be the construction
of sun shelters at Trapp Farm and Heine Pond Parks. These shelters will parallel
?(?, 4
the design previously used at Walnut Hill and O'Leary Parks. It is expected that
these installations will likely occur in October or November.
10. Within the month of May, staff will begin work on the construction of an
informational "kiosk", adjacent to the parking lot and tennis courts in Northview
Park. This kiosk will house information boards for the posting of leagues,
scheduled play, lessons, and so forth. Should this design prove to be successful,
similar installations at Thomas Lake and Trapp Farm will likely follow during the
summer months.
11. The construction of a volleyball court has previously been addressed by the
Commission. If installed, this court would be situated in the Rahn Athletic complex
just west of Field #4.
12. In late fall, following the end of co-ed softball leagues, the department intends to
complete irrigation installation at Northview Park, with the implementation of Field
#5. Plans for this system have been completed, with water to be taken off of the
main line system in Fields # 1 through 4.
13. If time permits, the department intends to install concrete pads underneath the
spectator bleachers at Rahn, Goat Hill, and Northview Parks. This will entail the
excavation, framing, and pouring of concrete for a total of eight pads.
14. The forestry division will be busy with a variety of landscaping foundation plans in
1990. A list of projects planned for the spring include completion of landscaping
installations at Thomas Lake, Mueller Farm, Bridle Ridge, Kettle, and Ohmann
Parks, as well as Fire Station #5. The summer months will be committed to the
installation of foundation plantings and perimeters adjacent to the shelter buildings
at Trapp Farm, Rahn Athletic, Carnelian, Goat Hill, Sky Hill, Well Site, and
Evergreen Parks. Finally, the fall will be committed to the implementation of Phase
I landscaping plans at Northview tennis courts, Heine Pond, and South Oaks
Parks.
John k. VonDeLinde
Suv tendent of Parks
JKV/cm
5
SUBJECT: COMPREHENSIVE GUIDE PLAN AMENDMENT,
REZONING, PRELIMINARY PLAT (SOUTHERN
LAKES ADDITION)
APPLICANT: SOUTHERN LAKES PARTNERSHIP
LOCATION: E. 1/2 SECTION 25
EXISTING ZONING: AG (AGRICULTURAL)
DATE OF PUBLIC HEARING: APRIL 24, 1990
DATE OF REPORT: APRIL 19, 1990
COMPILED BY: COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT
APPLICATION SUMMARY: Separate applications have been submitted requesting a
Comprehensive Guide Plan Amendment, Rezoning of approximately 13 acres to an R-1
(Single Family) district and a Preliminary Plat consisting of 11 lots located east of
Highway 3 and north of Cliff Road abutting Inver Grove Heights to the east. The site
encompasses a total of approximately 252 acres, including an 18-hole championship style
golf course and 117 single family lots.
COMPREHENSIVE PLAN: The project site is designated for D-II (Mixed Residential,
0-6 units per acre) in the Comprehensive Land Use Guide Plan. The proposed Single
Family residential subdivision at a density of less than one unit per acre is most consistent
with the D-I (Single Family Residential, 0-3 units per acre) designation. As such, the
Comprehensive Plan Amendment to change the land use designation from D-II to D-I is
appropriate. A D-I designation would be compatible with the adjacent D-I and D-II uses
surrounding the project site.
BACKGROUND: On August 22, 1989, the Advisory Planning Commission heard a request
by this applicant to rezone the property to a Planned Development district, allowing an
undefined number of multiple family housing units. The area in Inver Grove was intended
for Single Family development only, along with the golf course and related items. The
applicant never intended to develop a multi-family area, only sell it to a builder in the
future. The Commission was reluctant to act on a Planned Development zoning allowing
the multi-family zoning without at least a development plan and until some action was
taken by the City of Inver Grove Heights regarding the extension of the Metropolitan
Urban Service Area (MUSA) line and the amendment to their Comprehensive Plan. The
item was unanimously continued by the Advisory Planning Commission. Since that time,
the following has transpired: On September 11, 1989, the Inver Grove City Council gave
approvals for the requested Comprehensive Guide Plan Amendment subject to the
execution of Joint Powers Agreements with the City of Eagan and the expansion of the
I ??A
City's MUSA line by the Metropolitan Council. The Rezoning to a Planned Development
district was continued until such time the final development plan would be approved. The
preliminary development plan was approved subject to a number of conditions. On
Wednesday, April 11, an in-house only meeting was held with all City departments being
notified so issues and concerns regarding the proposed Joint Powers Agreement could be
discussed. The direction given to the Community Development Department was to have
the City of Inver Grove Heights propose to Eagan what items would be the responsibility
of each City. These items may consist of, but not be limited to: fire and police
protection; street and utility maintenance; mail delivery; street addressing; who would be
the responsible party for the issuance of building permits; 911 Emergency Services; and
how would different property identification systems of each City be integrated with each
other or which one would supersede the other. That letter has not been submitted to the
City of Eagan as of yet, but the issues are at least being identified for both Cities. The
Joint Powers Agreement should be to both Cities satisfaction prior to final plat approval.
EXISTING CONDITIONS & PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT PLAN: The site consists of
rolling grassland with heavily wooded hillsides. Approximately one-third of the site
contains mature oak and maple stands. There are also nine ponds ranging in size from
one acre to twelve acres. Adjacent land use is Agricultural on all sides.
The single family portion of the subdivision is designed so nearly all of the lots abut the
golf course. The golf course itself was designed by T.H.K. Associates of Denver,
Colorado. T.H.K. was retained by Mn Mutual Life to provide the market research, land
planning, golf course design, entrance monumentation, and signage for the Wedgewood
Valley Golf Club and subdivision in Woodbury. The 18-hole par 72 course is over 7,000
yards long from the championship tees. Pool and tennis courts are also anticipated for
the clubhouse. Following is a breakdown of the specific land uses:
Development Land Areas Acres
Inver Grove Heights 239.7
Eagan 12.40
Total 251.10
Land Use (approximate) Acres
Inver Grove Heights
Golf course/open space 177.5
Single-family residential 40.0
Public right-of-way 13.7
Clubhouse/recreation area 7.0
Maintenance 1.5
i
??U
Eagan
Golf course/open space/park 3.9
Single-family residential 8.0
Public right-of-way .5
Future total land area (approx.) 252.1
The single family lots in Eagan meet all R-1 lot requirements and vary in size from 17,000
sq. ft. to 50,000 sq. ft. averaging nearly 23,000 sq. ft.
GRADING/DRAINAGE/EROSION CONTROL: The grading that will be
required for the 11 single-family residential lots in the Eagan
portion of the development will require cuts of up to 20' and fills
up to 16'. The preliminary grading plan proposes to provide 6'-
10' high berms along Cliff Road and the railroad right-of-way to
provide screening. Staff recommends that berming also be added
along the west side of the Clubview Circle cul-de-sac to allow the
proposed berm to continue the entire length along the railroad
right-of-way.
To minimize erosion into Pond LP-30, the grading plan shall protect
and save the trees and vegetation for a 50' wide strip around Pond
LP-30. Pond LP-30 is a designated ponding area in the City's
Comprehensive Storm Drainage Plan. The development will be
responsible for installing and maintaining erosion control measures
in accordance with the City's Erosion/Sediment Control Manual
Standards. The drainage plan for this development proposes to
direct the runoff from the Eagan portion of the site directly to
Pond LP-30. However, Pond LP-30 is designated as a Class II
Indirect Contact Recreational waterbody in the City's recently
adopted Water Quality Management Plan. The recreational use of
this waterbody is identified as canoeing and/or fishing. Pond LP-
30's water quality currently meets those requirements. In order
to preserve the water quality of this pond, the drainage plan shall
include the construction of nutrient detention basins to treat the
site generated storm water runoff from the new development before
discharge into Pond LP-30 or not discharge any site generated storm
water runoff into Pond LP-30.
An outlet will need to be provided for Pond LP-30. The outlet for
the pond will protect the houses around the pond from flooding in
the case of an extended wet period or major rainfall event.
UTILITIES: A 12" trunk sanitary sewer line has been provided to the
intersection of Cliff Road and East Greenleaf Drive. According to
the Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan, this 12" trunk line has
sufficient size, capacity and depth to serve the Southern Lakes
development with the density as proposed. The preliminary utility
plan provides a sanitary sewer line along Cliff Road from the
development to East Greenleaf Drive. The estimated flow from the
proposed 117 single-family units plus the five-acre commercial
site/clubhouse will not exceed the planned flow estimated in the
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan that was assumed for this area.
The areas in Inver Grove Heights proposed to be served by the Eagan
sanitary sewer system shall be subject to the trunk area sanitary
sewer charges for the City of Eagan.
The sanitary sewer layout for Clubview Court shall include an 8"
sanitary sewer stub to the west to serve the east section of Parcel
#010-75 which lies easterly of T.H. 3. This sewer stub will
provide service to that currently vacant property.
Water main of sufficient size and capacity is available to serve
the Eagan portion of this development by extending the 12" trunk
water main at East Greenleaf Drive and Cliff Road. The Inver Grove
Heights portion of this development has not been included in the
Comprehensive Water Supply and Distribution Plan. Therefore,
additional water main might be necessary to serve the Inver Grove
Heights portion from the Eagan water system. To provide looping
and adequate fire protection for the Inver Grove Heights portion
of the development, water main will be required to be extended from
the northwest corner of this site northerly to the proposed water
main in the proposed Autumn Ridge development. In addition, an
added section of water main from Clubview Drive to Autumn Oaks
Drive along the south side of DNR Pond 296W will provide adequate
fire protection to the site.
STREETS/ACCESS/CIRCULATION: The preliminary street layout plan
proposes access to the 11 lots in Eagan from a connection to Cliff
Road at a location approximately 1,000' east of T.H 3. The
location of this street opening onto Cliff Road will require Dakota
County reviewal and approval.
The streets in Eagan shall be designed to normal City standards
with an urban section and concrete curb and gutter.
EASEMENTS/RIGHT-OF-WAY/PERMITS: Sufficient right-of-way and
drainage and utility easements shall be dedicated for the proposed
streets and utilities that will be needed to serve this
development. Sufficient right-of-way for Cliff Road shall be
dedicated as required by Dakota County. Restricted access shall
also be dedicated on the final plat for all frontage along Cliff
Road on either side of the proposed street access points.
The preliminary street layout plan does not propose any accesses
off T.H. 3 which would also require a crossing of the railroad
tracks. This development shall be responsible for ensuring that
all regulatory agency permits (MPCA, MWCC, Department of Health,
Dakota County, etc., are acquired in a timely manner.
FINANCIAL OBLIGATION - SOUTHERN LAKES:
The City of Eagan will be providing water and sanitary sewer
utilities to the Southern Lakes Development which is in Eagan and
Inver Grove Heights. The Joint Powers agreement between the City
of Inver Grove Heights and the City of Eagan has not been drafted
at this date, so the amount of the financial obligation is unknown.
Approximately 144 acres of this proposed plat drains into the City
of Eagan storm sewer. The current plat configuration proposes that
most storm water will be kept in Inver Grove Heights. Any storm
sewer trunk charge will also be negotiated as part of the Joint
Powers agreement between the City of Eagan and the City of Inver
Grove Heights.
For that portion of the plat located in the City of Eagan, the
following financial obligation is estimated:
Iatprovement Use Rate Quantity Amount
Sanitary Sewer Trunk S.F. 1,435/A 7.9 A $11,336
Water Trunk S.F. 1,450/A 7.9 A 11,455
Storm Sewer Trunk S.F. .056/S.F. 342,800 S.F. 19,197
Total $41,988
SOUTHERN LAKES CONDITIONS
1. These standard conditions of plat approval as adopted by Council action on
September 15, 1987 shall be complied with:
Al, B1, B2, B3, B4, C1, C2, C5, D1, El, Fl, and G1.
2. The Joint Powers Agreement shall be completed and approved by the City
Council prior to Final Plat approval.
3. Extension/construction of City trunk watermain, sanitary
sewer, and storm sewer must be approved by City Council prior
to final plat approval.
4. The development is required to treat the site generated storm
water runoff in accordance with recommendations identified in
the City's Water Quality Management Plan prior to discharge
into Pond LP-30.
0?
STANDARD CONDITIONS OF PLAT APPROVAL
A.
B.
C.
Assessments
1. This development shall accept its additional assessment
obligations as defined in the staff's report in
accordance with the final plat dimensions and the rates
in effect at the time of final plat approval.
Easements and Rights-of-Way
1. This development shall dedicate 10' drainage and utility
easements centered over all common lot lines and adjacent
to private property or public right-of-way.
2. This development shall dedicate, provide, or financially
guarantee the acquisition costs of additional drainage,
ponding, and utility easements as required by the
alignment, depth, and storage capacity of all required
public utilities and streets located beyond the
boundaries of this plat or outside of dedicated public
right-of-way as necessary to service this development.
3. This development shall dedicate all public right-of-way
and temporary slope easements for ultimate development
of adjacent roadways as required by the appropriate
jurisdictional agency.
4. This development shall dedicate adequate drainage and
ponding easements to incorporate the required high water
elevation necessitated by City storm water storage volume
requirements.
Plans and Specification
1. All public streets and utilities necessary to provide
service to this development shall be designed by a
registered professional engineer in accordance with City
codes and engineering standards and policies, and
approved by staff prior to final plat approval.
2. A detailed grading, drainage, erosion, and sediment
control plan must be prepared in accordance with current
City standards and approved by staff prior to final plat
approval.
3. This development shall insure that all temporary dead end
public streets shall have a cul-de-sac constructed in
accordance with City engineering standards.
STANDARD CONDITIONS OF PLAT APPROVAL
PAGE TWO
4. A detailed landscape plan shall be submitted on the
proposed grading plan and approved by staff prior to the
final plat approval. The financial guarantee shall be
included in the Development Contract and not release
until one year after the date of installation.
5. All internal public and private streets shall be
constructed within the required right-of-way in
accordance with City design standards.
D. Public Improvements
1. If any public improvements are to be installed under a
City contract, the appropriate project must be approved
by Council action prior to final plat approval.
E. Permits
1. This development shall be responsible for the acquisition
of all regulatory agency permits in the time frame
required by the affected agency.
F. Parks Dedication
1. This development shall fulfill its parks dedication
requirements as recommended by the Advisory Parks and
Recreation Commission and approved by Council action.
G. Other
1. All standard platting and zoning conditions shall be
adhered to unless specifically granted a variance by
Council action.
Advisory Planning Commission
Approved: August 25, 1987
Revised:
PLATAPPR.CON
LTS *1
6/12/89
City Council
September 15, 1987
IiL?GAT?otil
6 LA I nEfc,arJ
a 'N1
et
U,
01-
cJ
j _
10
/ 1 } _ -. ?. ?•, mil' [7
ti /.?.e. us+...ra
SOUTHERN LAKE
PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMEN
PRELIMINARY GRADING, DRAINAGE, & UTILITY PLA
•
- ? ll
11 1
- ? i
I (wy 0000 H
Southern Lakes
A Planned Recreational Community Aa1 7.1984
C 1j?']
• 000• S1 _ (
NOTE: This plan is for identification of colt worse
routing and the overall concept. plan. Minion
alterations in residential lotting and xt lic
ndrt of ways have been ntide. 5(? DTI Iminarr
Dlat for specific project proposal.
.r ss 1s r 1r0 100 as
0 . •0 001 110 H 0 100 M0 '10
000 Ut 1!1 O 1 M0 001 00
• •
HS MS 000 Y S 100 N) •10
0 1 •0t 00 US ; 100 00 1C
1•n )00 11 •00 000 Lj
...
1 ••f • .0!
K ¦ no 010 000
0 1. •
.Y 1• •00 000 r0
M L 11.0 0010 000M1 • H 0100 1110 77 1
550 01 ••00 0000 0011
Seulhrrm Lakes Pw "w
•
LAND DEV[LOPMENt SUMMAnY
ItlMtntgal OI KtMwtnf
MI?t/tl fault Vt v I Kwlt
/Y1V.11.tOV?t?.fOii i'M1Kt f at/a11 t?K1Rt
••a• t•u It •1 KMt
Iaea •f KMt
Irb.t ••f •wa1 ?.? a!M t
t•tal Mfl awta /1.• Kntt
•wltV.•unt?acnt Attt new.l •.01"@$$,KM t
CITY OF MAN ...CITY Ot NYEn OMNI ?t10NTt
.. I I
e1PCA00, MIIwAVKtt. J?. PAUL , f.._ P011D
t PACIFIC RAIL 110A0
I ( ?
II1
STATE $$I '$WM 7 •wott PAMtt! DtvtIOPMKnt
' t I
MVLfIPII FAMILY OtVtLOI'MEIIT ??` (•'• ?,r? PANK win ttt!R110 DOCK
?C \ t vRwiro U2100
m011I.Or.wn. - 1 . 050 COUnSt
Pn01tC1 1DVN?61CATIOti _.Pu?ult Aeoutsltiou
Id011UMII,T '
1 `I
;.COUNTY ROAD tt -
• / ; t tt r? t/. 1.0 YOn1•
Ji2iiIliCi1J/[/,c3 LAN
D DEVELOPMENT PROPOSAL EAGAN, MN
6 YOtRIO DESIGN $1UDIO
FINANCIAL OBLIGATION
SOUTHERN LAKES
CITY OF INVER GROVE HEIGHTS
`-?_,?1.? - _ :?_ _ ""emu rr \?1- - ??%•s--71s
Fr.
,//sr .. %r: r ?•c; - .mac ?v?a-: ?? ` \. .Me- S'? •ti'.
- ?. _? :yam--?? ? _ `?? ... , - \A_l? \ ?a•^• ?• ? __^ _ ??1?- i
,- ? ?? :_?,?+'\`'?_?=-???_i4`?`?-???(,??••c? -? ?_t???_\?\• - ? ' ' •.??.•??`-,,' .y-"` ,\??.?, .- -.?.''-?- ' 1.
? i` - ?? _ - ? ?? 'ice r??r?-v'.
is-
DETERMINED THROUGH JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT
FINANCIAL OBLIGATION
MR A..c....... 53W
_ Jul !• y ? .. \:. - ..?ry'-.•_ _
.. 1'.•.x.....1
?'1?•:':'.':.?
?1 ?'/•
.
A
,
..
SOUTHERN LAKES
CITY OF EACAN
SANITARY SEWER TRUNK
WATER TRUNK
STORM SEWER TRUNK
SUBJECT: COMPREHENSIVE GUIDE PLAN AMENDMENT,
PLANNED DEVELOPMENT AMENDMENT,
REZONING, PRELIMINARY PLAT (SHERWOOD
DOWNS ADDITION)
APPLICANT: ARGUS DEVELOPMENT, INC.
LOCATION: NE 114 SECTION 21
EXISTING ZONING: R-3 WITHIN BLACKHAWK PARK P.D. &
AGRICULTURAL
DATE OF PUBLIC HEARING: APRIL 24, 1990
DATE OF REPORT: APRIL 18, 1990
COMPILED BY: COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT
APPLICATION SUMMARY: Separate applications have been submitted requesting a
Comprehensive Guide Plan Amendment of approximately 29 acres, a Planned Development
Amendment of approximately 20 acres from R-3 (Townhouse) to R-1 (Single Family)
within the Blackhawk Park Planned Development, a Rezoning of approximately nine acres
from Ag (Agricultural) to R-1 (Single Family), and a Preliminary Plat consisting of 62 lots
on 29.42 acres.
This site is located along the west side of Pilot Knob Road and the north side of
Deerwood Drive.
COMPREHENSIVE PLAN: The project site is designated in the Comprehensive Land
Use Guide Plan D-II (Mixed Residential, 0-6 units per acres). A proposed single family
residential subdivision at a density of less than three units per acre is most consistent
with a D-I (Single Family residential, 0-3 units per acre) designation. As such, a
Comprehensive Plan Amendment to change the land use designation from D-II to D-I is
appropriate. A D-I designation would be generally compatible with the adjacent D-II
and PF (Public Facility) uses surrounding the project site.
EXISTING CONDITIONS: The site is surrounded by the Kingswood and Cutters Ridge
single family additions to the north, approximately 10-15 acres of Agricultural property
to the west, along with Interstate 35E. There is an existing vacant home and sheds
located near the Deerwood/Pilot Knob Road intersection that will be removed with this
development. Another home site on approximately 2.5 acres along Deerwood Drive is not
included with this plat. The applicant was unable to acquire this property, however a
proposed development plan for that property was included with the Sherwood Downs
proposal so the ultimate development of the area could be evaluated. It appears that
three lots will be possible with access to the internal street.
The overall site is very rolling and contains significant massings of mature trees including
oaks, elms, poplar, and a great deal of understory secondary growth. A major concern
with the original submission was the loss of trees along Pilot Knob Road, especially around
the low spot at the northeast portion of the plat. That was the result of connecting what
is now being proposed as the easternmost two cul-de-sacs. Only four lots will now have
frontage along Pilot Knob Road; two of the lots will have side yards and the two that have
rear yards will be wooded and approximately be 280' deep.
SITE PLAN/CODE CONFORMANCE: Three access points are proposed onto Deerwood
Drive with the westerly two lining up with Deerwood School and the Deerwood Addition
on the south side of the street. Cul-de-sac Variances are necessary for three of the four
proposed since they are over 500', however the longest two are approximately 650' and
would serve no more than 15 homes each. Most of the streets are shown with a 50' right-
of-way and the applicant is requesting 5' setback Variances on those lots to a 25' setback.
Other 5' setback Variances are requested along the west side of Street E where there is
a 60' right-of-way connecting to Rocky Lane in the Cutters Ridge Addition. The lots vary
in size from 12,000 - 28,870 sq. ft., averaging 15,647 sq. ft. and all are at least 85' wide at
the 30' setback, except Lot 5, Block 3, which is a stovepipe shaped lot. It contains over
21,000 sq. ft. and the house pad is placed further back on the lot due to an existing storm
sewer line. It does, however meet the 50' wide width at the right-of-way line. The gross
density of the project is 2.17 units per acres; the net density is 2.81 units per acre.
,?a
GRADING/DRAINAGE/EROSION CONTROL: This development incorporates
a section of land with considerable variations in topography and
elevation with the maximum differential of approximately 80'. The
proposed grading plan incorporates several knolls and side slopes
and two low areas which will be storm water ponds. The maximum cut
is 20' in the east central section of this site, and the maximum
fill is 28' in the southwest corner of this site.
The grading plan is proposing to construct a 6' high retaining wall
along the northwest corner of this site to protect an area of trees
along I-35E.
The extension of Rocky Lane in the northwest corner of this site
is proposing to have a 10% street grade for approximately 200'.
The other street grades on this site are less than 6% and the
developer has met the City standards for 2% slopes through the
intersections.
Staff recommends that a berm be added along the I-35E common
property line in the northwest corner of this site. The berm will
provide a buffer and screen from the residential area to the
Interstate.
An existing 33" trunk sanitary sewer line drains through the
proposed storm water pond on the north side of Deerwood Drive.
Approximately 5' of fill should be added over the sanitary sewer
line along the edge of the pond to provide adequate cover over the
shallow pipe.
The preliminary grading plan proposes to save and protect the trees
in the northeast corner of this site around the proposed pond.
These trees will provide a good buffer and screen between Pilot
Knob Road and the residential area in this development.
The drainage plan proposes to direct the majority of the runoff
from this site to two ponds. These will be new ponds added to the
City's storm sewer ponding system. The proposed pond in the
northeast corner of this site currently has an outlet to the east
across Pilot Knob Road through the Hidden Valley development's
storm sewer system and into Pond JP-6. Staff recommends that the
outlet to the pond be improved to provide a wet storage volume of
0.4 acre feet minimum and to control the outlet flow rate to 1 cfs.
The proposed pond in the southcentral section of this site will
need to have an outlet provided to it that will connect into the
existing storm sewer in Deerwood Drive. The outlet shall be
designed to control the flow rate out of the pond to 1 cfs and
provide a wet storage volume of 1.8 acre feet. The nutrient
trapping at this pond will reduce the nutrient concentrations
expecting to outflow from this pond with an efficiency removal rate
of approximately 60%. This pond is upstream of Pond BP-29 which
flows into Blackhawk Lake.
?t?
The development will be responsible for installing and maintaining
erosion control measures in accordance with the City's
Erosion/Sediment Control Manual Standards.
The drainage plan shall add a storm sewer line to drain a
landlocked low area along the north edge of this site. The flow
from this landlocked low area is approximately 3 cfs during a five-
year storm and the storm sewer shall direct the flow to the pond
in the northeast corner of the site. The drainage plan shall also
add the storm sewer on Street C to handle the runoff of
approximately 8 cfs at the intersection of Street C with Deerwood
Drive. This storm sewer system shall drain to the west to the
proposed pond on the north side of Deerwood Drive.
UTILITIES: Sanitary sewer of sufficient size, capacity and depth
has been stubbed to the southeast corner of this site and the
sanitary sewer layout plan proposes to connect to that stub to
serve the east half of this site. The west half of the site will
be served by connecting 8" lateral lines to the existing 33" trunk
sanitary sewer that drains northwesterly from Deerwood Drive to I-
35E. The 33" trunk sanitary sewer is approximately 30'-35' deep.
through the majority of the site. The developer is responsible
for any damage that might have occurred to the pipe during the
construction of this development. An 8" sanitary sewer stub shall
be added to the west property line along the north side of Deerwood
Drive to provide for a future sanitary sewer service to the
undeveloped properties to the west.
Water main of sufficient size, pressure and capacity is available
to serve this development from an existing 18" water main on
Deerwood Drive plus a 12" water main that crosses Interstate 35E
in the northwest corner of the site and also from two 8" water main
stubs from the Cutter's Ridge development. The preliminary water
main layout proposes to connect to the 18" water main on Deerwood
Drive in three different locations and the developer shall replace
any disturbed street or sidewalk on Deerwood Drive to its original
condition as necessary. Staff recommends that the developer shall
add a water main connection from Street A to Street B to provide
a looping water supply system for these two cul-de-sacs.
No access is being proposed off Pilot Knob Road. The street layout
plan does show three accesses off Deerwood Drive. Also, the
existing stub streets on Rocky Lane and Clipper's Road in the
Cutter's Ridge development shall be connected to with this
development. These connections will improve the access and
circulation to the Cutter's Ridge and Kings Wood 2nd Addition.
City staff recommends that a concrete valley gutter shall be
constructed across Deerwood Drive at all three street
intersections.
f ?'
RIGHT-OF-WAY/EASEMENTS/PERMITS: This development shall dedicate
all right-of-way and easements necessary for the internal streets,
sanitary sewer, water main and storm sewer systems of sufficient
width as required by alignment and depth. The existing 33"
sanitary sewer that runs through the west half of this site needs
to have a 60' wide easement dedicated over it since it is 30'-35'
deep. The two proposed ponds shall have easements dedicated over
them up to the high water level. A temporary slope easement will
be required to be obtained from the adjoining properties before
this development can perform any grading on the adjoining
properties.
This development shall be responsible for ensuring that all
regulatory agency permits (MPCA, MWCC, Department of Health, Dakota
County, MnDOT, etc.) are acquired prior to final plat approval.
FINANCIAL OBLIGATION - SHERWOOD DOWNS:
Based upon the study of the financial obligations collected in the
past and the uses proposed for the property, the following charges
are proposed. The charges are computed using the City's existing
fee schedule and connections proposed to be made to the City's
utility system based on the submitted plans.
Improvement Proj. Use Rate Quantity Amount
Storm Sewer Trunk 297 SF .056/SF 327,506 SF $18,340
Lat Benefit Water Trunk 24 SF 14.18/FF 462 FF 6,551
Lat Ben San Sewer Trunk 88 SF 33.10/LF 1,100 LF 36.410
Total $42,931
X?(\
SHERWOOD DOWNS ADDITION CONDITIONS
1. These standard conditions of plat approval as adopted by Council action on
September 15, 1987 shall be complied with:
Al, B1, B2, B3, B4, Cl, C2, C5, Dl, El, Fl, and G1.
2. Additional landscape screening along the southeast cul-de-sac to block headlights
facing Pilot Knob Road shall be provided.
3. The cul-de-sac lengths shall be approved as per the plan dated April 5, 1990.
Five foot building setbacks to 25' shall be permitted on: Lots 1-17, Block 1, Lots
1-7, Block 2, Lots 3, 4, 9, & 12-16, Block 3.
4. The well and septic systems shall be abandoned to City specifications.
5. The development is required to submit detailed plans and
specifications of the proposed retaining wall construction for
staff review prior to grading permit issuance.
6. The development will be responsible for any damage done to the
City's existing trunk sanitary sewer as a result of the
development's activities.
7- The development is required to provide 0.4 acre feet of wet
pond volume and a 1 cfs outlet control for the pond in the
backyard area of Lots 8, 9 and 24, Block 1, adjacent to Pilot
Knob Road.
8. The development is required to provide 1.8 acre feet of wet
pond volume and a 1 cfs outlet control for the pond proposed
in the south central portion of Block 2.
9. The development is required to provide a 3 cfs capacity storm
sewer outlet to the landlocked low area created in the
backyard area of Lots 4, 5 and 6, Block 1.
10. An 8 cfs capacity storm sewer is required for Street C at its
intersection with Deerwood Drive.
11. The development is required to provide an 8" sanitary sewer
stub to the west line of the development along the north side
of Deerwood Drive.
12. The development is required to loop the water main between the
cul-de-sacs in Streets A and B.
13. A 60' wide easement is required for the existing 33" trunk
sanitary sewer which crosses the westerly portion of the
development.
14. Temporary slope easements are required from adjacent
properties where grading extends beyond the development.
STANDARD CONDITIONS OF PLAT APPROVAL
A.
B.
C.
ssessments
1. This development shall accept its additional assessment
obligations as defined in the staff's report in
accordance with the final plat dimensions and the rates
in effect at the time of final plat approval.
Easements and Riahts-of-Wa
1. This development shall dedicate 10' drainage and utility
easements centered over all common lot lines and adjacent
to private property or public right-of-way.
2. This development shall dedicate, provide, or financially
guarantee the acquisition costs of additional drainage,
ponding, and utility easements as required by the
alignment, depth, and storage capacity of all required
public utilities and streets located beyond the
boundaries of this plat or outside of dedicated public
right-of-way as necessary to service this development.*
3. This development shall dedicate all public right-of-way
and temporary slope easements for ultimate development
of adjacent roadways as required by the appropriate
jurisdictional agency.
4. This development shall dedicate adequate drainage and
ponding easements to incorporate the required high water
elevation necessitated by City storm water storage volume
requirements.
Plans and Specifications
1. All public streets and utilities necessary to provide
service to this development shall be designed by a
registered professional engineer in accordance with City
codes and engineering standards and policies, and
approved by staff prior to final plat approval.
2. A detailed grading, drainage, erosion, and sediment
control plan must be prepared in accordance with current
City standards and approved by staff prior to final plat
approval.
3. This development shall insure that all temporary dead end
public streets shall have a cul-de-sac constructed in
accordance with City engineering standards.
STANDARD CONDITIONS OF PLAT APPROVAL
PAGE TWO
4. A detailed landscape plan shall be submitted on the
proposed grading plan and approved by staff prior to the
final plat approval. The financial guarantee shall be
included in the Development Contract and not release
until one year after the date of installation.
5. All internal public and private streets shall be
constructed within the required right-of-way in
accordance with City design standards.
D. Public Improvements
1. If any public improvements are to be installed under a
City contract, the appropriate project must be approved
by Council action prior to final plat approval.
E. Permits
1. This development shall be responsible for the acquisition
of all regulatory agency permits in the time frame
required by the affected agency.
F. Parks Dedication
1. This development shall fulfill its parks dedication
requirements as recommended by the Advisory Parks and
Recreation Commission and approved by Council action.
G. Other
1. All standard platting and zoning conditions shall be
adhered to unless specifically granted a variance by
Council action.
Advisory Planning Commission
Approved: August 25, 1987
Revised:
PLATAPPR.CON
LTS *1
6/12/89
City Council
September 15, 1987
\O
A c> e0o ^70 "Otj
eg>14iij IAJ er
6 w i r.>Lpp P04A,*j
,l1
it ONK NI,
`_l Jit__-_t11?1? Ntlw[ C
?- 7
L
.J
NI N/,
)
4 ?
R(1R>r 10114
1 1 ' D
?11
I i I 1. t
o ,
f
1
I
,
I•
/
r I
- `I
t1 ?l
I
+, 11
? Ir
rt
i
?I
i l
1 •1
8? I I
it
f /
frr
"lot ..Q.
/I
I
i
II
1 11
S ??S
?--?--
1
1 `1 I II ! r ? ? a
I, 1 11 a ?,
I I
?I' 1 Ili fi < < I ` a s.l 1
'fir ri _ T.
co-s
l
,) ? / tart
al
_FT
1 V _ r, If,
Vie,
+
?•?.1 !, S' t\? - nl M i I; aian 141
- -----------
Pmov KNOB
" ' SHERWOOD DOWNS
L OBLIGATION
• J
VFW,
LATERAL BENEFIT FROM WATER TRUNK
LATERAL BENEFIT SANITARY SEWER TRUNK
STORM SEWER TRUNK